(ESIA) FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT · environmental and social impact assessment (esia)...

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

(ESIA) FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT

(STUDY UPDATE)

FINAL REPORT

Prepared by:

EARTH LINK AND ADVANCED RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT S.A.R.L.

(ELARD)

Submitted to:

COUNCIL FOR DEVELOPMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION

(CDR)

Date of Submission:

August 2, 2010

FINAL REPORT COUNCIL FOR DEVELOPMENT AND RECONSTRUCTION (CDR)

ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT PROJECT INFORMATION

PREPARED BY ELARD ii

ELARD LEBANON

COUNCIL FOR DEVELOPMENT AND

RECONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT TYPE: Assessment Report

PROJECT REF::

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT NO. OF PAGES: 227

ESIA for Awali-Beirut Water Conveyer Project VERSION FINAL REPORT

APPROVED BY Ramez Kayal General Manager

REVIEWED BY Ricardo Khoury Senior Environmental Specialist

PREPARED BY

Rachad Ghanem Senior Hydrogeologist/ Project Manager

Hanadi Musharafiyeh Social Economist

Wafaa Halabi Socio-Economist

Basma Shames Geologist / Field Coordinator

Carlo Bekhazi Environmental Consultant

Ghada Chehab Environmental Expert

Rana Ghattas Quality Management Responsible

DISCLAIMER

This report has been prepared by ELARD , with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the

contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms and Conditions of Business and taking account of the

resources devoted to it by agreement with the client. The information contained in this report is, to the best of

our knowledge, correct at the time of printing. The interpretations and recommendations are based on our

experience, using reasonable professional skill and judgment, and based upon the information that was

available to us. This report is confidential to the client and we accept no responsibility whatsoever to third parties

to whom this report, or any part thereof, is made known. Any such party relies on the report at their own risk.

ELARD

Hojeily Center 6th Fl.

Pere Yacoub Street

Sin El Fil, 2708 5803

Tel: +961 (1) 512121/2

Fax: +961 1 512123

www.elard-group.com


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREPARED BY ELARD iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents ........................................................................................................................................................ iii

List of Tables ................................................................................................................................................................ viii

List of Figures ................................................................................................................................................................ ix

Executive Summary ...................................................................................................................................................... I

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................ I

Legal and Institutional Framework ......................................................................................................................... I

Project Description .................................................................................................................................................... I

Environmental and Social Baseline Study ........................................................................................................... III

Public Consultation ................................................................................................................................................. IX

Environemntal and Social Impact Assessment ................................................................................................... X

Environmental and Social Management Plan ................................................................................................ XIII

1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Background Information ....................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.2 General Project Description and Location ........................................................................................ 1-1

1.3 ESIA Objectives ....................................................................................................................................... 1-2

1.4 ESIA Report Structure ............................................................................................................................. 1-3

2. Legal and Institutional Framework ............................................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 2-1

2.2 Institutional Framework and Sector Organization in Lebanon ....................................................... 2-1

2.2.1 Institutional Framework for the Protection of the Environment ................................................. 2-1

2.2.2 Main Public Stakeholders concerned with the project .............................................................. 2-3

2.2.3 Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) ............................................................................................ 2-3

2.2.4 Ministry of Public Works and Transportation (MoPWT) ................................................................. 2-4

2.2.5 Higher Council for Urban Planning (HCUP) ................................................................................... 2-5

2.2.6 Ministry of Public Health (MoPH) ..................................................................................................... 2-5

2.2.7 Ministry of Interior and Municipalities .............................................................................................. 2-6

2.2.8 Council for Development and Reconstruction (CDR) ................................................................ 2-6

2.2.9 Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment (BMLWWE) ..................... 2-8

2.2.10 Litani River Authority .......................................................................................................................... 2-9



PREPARED BY ELARD iv

2.2.11 Municipalities ....................................................................................................................................2-10

2.3 Lebanese Environmental Regulations and Standards ...................................................................2-12

2.3.1 Overview of the Legal Framework in Lebanon ..........................................................................2-12

2.3.2 Synopsis of the Legislative Framework for Environmental Protection .....................................2-13

2.3.3 EIA Draft Decree and Project Relevance to Environmental Protection Law ........................2-14

2.3.4 Relevant National Environmental Standards ..............................................................................2-15

2.3.5 Expropriation Law and Procedures ..............................................................................................2-19

2.4 International Agreements and Treaties ............................................................................................2-21

2.4.1 Relevant International Guidelines and Standards .....................................................................2-22

3. Project Description ........................................................................................................................................ 3-1

3.1 Project Components .............................................................................................................................. 3-1

3.2 Construction Aspects ............................................................................................................................. 3-7

3.2.1 Tunnels.................................................................................................................................................. 3-7

3.2.2 Ouardaniye WTW .............................................................................................................................3-13

3.2.3 Pipelines .............................................................................................................................................3-13

3.2.4 Distribution Chamber and Reservoirs ...........................................................................................3-13

3.2.5 Working Areas ...................................................................................................................................3-14

3.2.6 Access Roads ...................................................................................................................................3-14

3.3 Operational Aspects ............................................................................................................................3-14

3.3.1 Sources of Water ..............................................................................................................................3-14

3.3.2 Joun Regulation Structure ..............................................................................................................3-16

3.3.3 Tunnel and Pipelines ........................................................................................................................3-17

3.3.4 Ouardaniye WTW .............................................................................................................................3-17

3.3.5 Khalde Surge Structure ...................................................................................................................3-18

3.3.6 Khalde Flow measurement and Sampling Chamber ...............................................................3-19

3.3.7 Khalde Distribution Chamber ........................................................................................................3-19

3.3.8 Hadath 90 and 125 and Hazmieh 90 Reservoirs .........................................................................3-19

3.4 Water Quality and Treatment Process ..............................................................................................3-19

3.4.1 Raw Water Quality ...........................................................................................................................3-19

3.4.2 Treated Water Quality .....................................................................................................................3-22

3.4.3 Water Treatment Process Scheme ...............................................................................................3-25



PREPARED BY ELARD v

4. Analysis of Alternatives ................................................................................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 4-1

4.2 No Project Option ................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3 Formulation of Options .......................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3.1 Constraints ........................................................................................................................................... 4-1

4.3.2 Water Transmission Options .............................................................................................................. 4-2

4.3.3 Water Treatment Options ................................................................................................................. 4-2

4.4 Detailed Evaluation ................................................................................................................................ 4-3

4.4.1 Location of Treatment Plant ............................................................................................................ 4-3

4.4.2 Means of Transmission ....................................................................................................................... 4-4

4.4.3 Water Treatment Process ................................................................................................................. 4-8

4.4.4 Cost ....................................................................................................................................................4-10

4.4.5 Security ..............................................................................................................................................4-11

4.4.6 Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................4-11

4.4.7 Operational Flexibility ......................................................................................................................4-11

4.4.8 Environmental Impact .....................................................................................................................4-11

4.5 Selection of Preferred Option ............................................................................................................4-11

5. Environmental and social Baseline ............................................................................................................. 5-1

5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 5-1

5.2 Climate and Air Quality ......................................................................................................................... 5-1

5.3 Ambient Noise Level .............................................................................................................................. 5-1

5.3.1 Data Collection .................................................................................................................................. 5-1

5.3.2 Results ................................................................................................................................................... 5-3

5.3.3 Discussion............................................................................................................................................. 5-4

5.4 Geology and Soils .................................................................................................................................. 5-5

5.4.1 Stratigraphy ......................................................................................................................................... 5-5

5.4.2 Structure............................................................................................................................................... 5-5

5.5 Water Resources ..................................................................................................................................... 5-7

5.6 Land Use and Landscape ..................................................................................................................... 5-7

5.7 Biological Environment .......................................................................................................................... 5-8

5.7.1 General Ecology ................................................................................................................................ 5-9



PREPARED BY ELARD vi

5.7.2 Sites Description ...............................................................................................................................5-10

5.8 Cultural Heritage ..................................................................................................................................5-16

5.9 Socio Economic Environment ............................................................................................................5-16

6. Public Consultation ....................................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 6-1

6.2 Review of Previous Consultations ........................................................................................................ 6-1

6.3 Recent Consultations ............................................................................................................................. 6-1

6.4 Public Participation Meeting ................................................................................................................ 6-1

7. Environemental Impact Assessment ........................................................................................................7-10

7.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................................................................7-10

7.2 Methodology of Impact Evaluation ..................................................................................................7-10

7.2.1 General Approach ..........................................................................................................................7-10

7.2.2 Impact Evaluation Pre-Screening Level .......................................................................................7-11

7.2.3 Impact Evaluation Secondary Screening Level .........................................................................7-11

7.2.1 Listing of Environmental Impact Severity .....................................................................................7-13

7.3 Potential Impacts on Ambient Air Quality .......................................................................................7-14

7.3.1 Impacts from Combustion and Exhaust Emissions .....................................................................7-15

7.3.2 Impacts from Dust Generation ......................................................................................................7-17

7.4 Potential Impacts on Soil and Landscape .......................................................................................7-20

7.4.1 Impacts of Project Footprint...........................................................................................................7-21

7.4.2 Impact on Soil Quality from Blasting Operations ........................................................................7-23

7.4.3 Impacts from Solid and Liquid Waste Generation .....................................................................7-23

7.4.4 Impacts from Accidental Spills of Fuel, Oil and Chemicals ......................................................7-26

7.4.5 Spill Prevention and Response Plan ..............................................................................................7-28

7.5 Potential Impacts on Water Resources ............................................................................................7-29

7.5.1 Impacts from Construction Activities............................................................................................7-29

7.5.2 Impacts from Operational Activities .............................................................................................7-30

7.6 Potential Impacts on Biodiversity .......................................................................................................7-34

7.7 Potential Impacts on Archeology and Cultural Heritage .............................................................7-37

7.8 Potential Socio-Economic Impacts ...................................................................................................7-38

7.8.1 Impacts From Construction Phase ................................................................................................7-38



PREPARED BY ELARD vii

7.8.2 Impacts From Operational Phase .................................................................................................7-42

7.9 Summary of the Environmental & Social Impact Assessment before and after Mitigation ....7-43

8. Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................................................. 8-1

8.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 8-1

8.2 Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) .................................................................... 8-1

8.3 ESMP Implementation Plan .................................................................................................................8-12

1.3.1 Roles and responsibilities.................................................................................................................8-12

8.4 Capacity Building .................................................................................................................................8-13

1.4.1 Training Needs during Construction Phase .................................................................................8-13

1.4.2 Training Needs during Operation Phase ......................................................................................8-14

8.5 Verification & Monitoring ....................................................................................................................8-14

1.5.1 Monitoring and Inspection Plan during the Construction Phase ............................................8-14

8.5.1 Reporting ...........................................................................................................................................8-20

9. References ...................................................................................................................................................... 9-1

10. Appendices ..................................................................................................................................................10-1

Appendix A: Topographic Maps (1/20,000) .......................................................................................................10-2

Appendix B: Location Drawings ...........................................................................................................................10-3

Appendix C: Satellite Images and Photographs ..............................................................................................10-4

Appendix D: Sludge ...............................................................................................................................................10-5

Appendix E: Noise Raw Data ................................................................................................................................10-6

Appendix F: Archaeological Report ...................................................................................................................10-7

Appendix G: Social Survey Questionnaires ........................................................................................................10-8

Appendix H: Flyer ....................................................................................................................................................10-9

Appendix I: Consultations .................................................................................................................................. 10-10

Appendix J: Expropriation .................................................................................................................................. 10-11

Appendix K: CEMP Template ............................................................................................................................. 10-12

Appendix L: CDR HSE Guidelines ...................................................................................................................... 10-13

Appendix M: Map of Component 2................................................................................................................. 10-14

Appendix N: EHS Guideline Water Sanitation ................................................................................................. 10-15

Appendix O: Water Sampling Analysis Results................................................................................................ 10-16



PREPARED BY ELARD viii

LIST OF TABLES

Table ‎1-1 Overall Project Options ....................................................................................................................... III

Table ‎1-2 Summary of Landscape and Biodiversity ........................................................................................ V

Table ‎1-3 Summary of Socio-Economic situation in main villages .............................................................. VII

Table ‎1-4 Main Public Concerns ........................................................................................................................ IX

Table ‎1-5 Impacts of the Project on its surrounding with no mitigation measures .................................. XI

Table ‎1-6 Impacts of the Project on its surrounding with mitigation measures ......................................... XII

Table ‎1-7 Summary of Environmental and Social Management Plan .......................................................XIII

Table ‎2-1 Main Public administrations and stakeholders concerned with the protection of the

environment ............................................................................................................................................................... 2-3

Table ‎2-2 List of Municipalities ......................................................................................................................... 2-10

Table ‎2-3 Summary of institution‟s main responsibilities ............................................................................. 2-12

Table ‎2-4 Legal Pyramid .................................................................................................................................. 2-12

Table ‎2-5 Summary of Legislations ................................................................................................................. 2-13

Table ‎2-6 Main environmental standards in Lebanon ............................................................................... 2-15

Table ‎2-7 Pollutants Classification.................................................................................................................. 2-15

Table ‎2-8 Emission Limits .................................................................................................................................. 2-16

Table ‎2-9 Water pollutants .............................................................................................................................. 2-17

Table ‎2-10 Maximum Allowable Noise Levels ........................................................................................... 2-18

Table ‎2-11 Permissible Noise Exposure Standards .................................................................................... 2-18

Table ‎2-12 Ratified or Signed International Agreements ....................................................................... 2-21

Table ‎2-13 WB/IFC safeguard policies that are applicable to the project ......................................... 2-22

Table ‎3-1. The Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Sub-Components ............................................................. 3-2

Table ‎3-2. Description of Reservoirs ............................................................................................................. 3-6

Table ‎3-3. Description of Pumping Stations ................................................................................................ 3-6

Table ‎3-4 Estimated Spoil Generation .......................................................................................................... 3-10

Table ‎3-5 Description of New Access Roads ............................................................................................... 3-14

Table ‎3-6 Hydroelectric Power Plant Chracteristics ................................................................................... 3-15

Table ‎3-7 Key Factors Determining the Source of Water .......................................................................... 3-16

Table ‎3-8 Ouardaniye WTW –Mean Operational Inputs and Vehicular Movements .......................... 3-17

Table ‎3-9 Ouardaniye WTW –Mean Operational Outputs and Vehicular Movements ....................... 3-18

Table ‎3-10 Raw Water Quality ..................................................................................................................... 3-21

Table ‎3-11 Water Quality Analysis (1994 and 1995) ................................................................................. 3-22

Table ‎3-12 Drinking Water Standards ......................................................................................................... 3-24

Table ‎3-13 Proposed Specifications of Cascade Aeration System ..................................................... 3-29

Table ‎3-14 Proposed Specification for Pre-oxidation and Disinfection. ............................................... 3-31

Table ‎3-15 Proposed Specifications for Coagulation .............................................................................. 3-32

Table ‎3-16 Proposed Specifications for Flocculation .............................................................................. 3-33

Table ‎3-17 Proposed Specifications for Sedimentation .......................................................................... 3-34



PREPARED BY ELARD ix

Table ‎3-18 Proposed Specifications for Filtration ...................................................................................... 3-35

Table ‎3-19 Chemical Storage ...................................................................................................................... 3-37

Table ‎3-20 Sludge Yield ................................................................................................................................. 3-39

Table ‎3-21 Conceptual Design Parameters of Sludge Treatment Units ............................................... 3-40

Table ‎4-1 Characteristics of the four proposed WTW sites .......................................................................... 4-3

Table ‎4-2 Ranking of Treatment Processes .................................................................................................... 4-8

Table ‎4-3 Sludge Disposal Alternatives ........................................................................................................... 4-9

Table ‎4-4 Overall Project Options .................................................................................................................. 4-10

Table ‎5-1 Noise Level Monitoring Locations and Methodology ................................................................ 5-2

Table ‎5-2 National Maximum allowable noise levels and permissible occupational Noise Exposure

standards according to MoE Decision 52/1 of 1996. ......................................................................................... 5-4

Table ‎5-3 Rapid Ecological Assessment Sites ................................................................................................ 5-9

Table ‎5-4 Villages, towns and surface structures ........................................................................................ 5-18

Table ‎5-5 Villages and towns crossed by the tunnel .................................................................................. 5-19

Table ‎5-6 Demographic and socio-economic characteristics of communities in Mount Lebanon . 5-20

Table ‎5-7 General features of surveyed towns and villages .................................................................... 5-28

Table ‎5-8 Main establishments in the study area ........................................................................................ 5-33

Table ‎6-1 The main raised concerns ............................................................................................................... 6-2

Table ‎6-2 Questions Raised during Second Public Participation ............................................................... 6-3

Table ‎7-1 Secondary Screening Consequence Level Criteria ................................................................. 7-12

Table ‎7-2 Likelihood Evaluation Criteria ....................................................................................................... 7-13

Table ‎7-3 Impact Assessment Severity Matrix ............................................................................................. 7-13

Table ‎7-4 Environmental and Health Impacts of Major Air Pollutants from Combustion Sources .... 7-16

Table ‎7-5 Potential Negative Impacts on Biodiversity ............................................................................... 7-34

Table ‎7-6 Typical Sound Pressure Levels Reported from Construction Equipment (BS5228:1997) ..... 7-39

Table ‎7-7 Environmental Impact Assessment without mitigation measures .......................................... 7-44

Table ‎7-8 Environmental Impact Assement with mitigated measures ................................................................... 7-45

Table ‎8-1 Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) ............................................................... 8-2

Table ‎8-2 EMP Implementation Plan ............................................................................................................. 8-12

Table ‎8-3 Construction and Operation Monitoring Plan ........................................................................... 8-16

Table ‎8-4 Water Quality Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase ......................................................... 8-19

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure ‎2-1 Expropriation Procedures .......................................................................................................... 2-20

Figure ‎3-1 Geographic location of project components ....................................................................... 3-5

Figure ‎3-2 Hydraulic Profile ............................................................................................................................ 3-9

Figure ‎3-3 Cross-Section Joun-Ouardaniye Tunnel .................................................................................. 3-11

Figure ‎3-4 Cross-Section Ouardaniye-Khalde Tunnel ............................................................................. 3-12

Figure ‎3-5 Schematic Drawing of Water Resources ............................................................................... 3-16



PREPARED BY ELARD x

Figure ‎3-6 Proposed Treatment Process (Option1) ................................................................................. 3-27

Figure ‎3-7 Proposed treatment Process (Option2) ...................................................................................... 3-28

Figure ‎4-1 Altenartive Scheme Options ...................................................................................................... 4-7

Figure ‎5-1 Noise measurements at the Khalde distribution and connection chambers ................... 5-3

Figure ‎5-2 Geological Map (Source, Duberet 1955, 1/200,000) .............................................................. 5-6



PREPARED BY ELARD xi

LIST OF ACRONYMS

ALARP As low as reasonably practicable

BMLWWE Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment

BPEO Best Practicable Environmental Options

BTEX Benzene Toluene Ethyl Benzene Xylene

CAW Combined Air and Water Backwash

CDR Council for Reconstruction and Development

CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan

CESMP Construction Phase Environmental and Social Management Plan

CoM Council of Ministers

CZM Coastal Zone Management

DGA Directorate General of Antiquities

DGUP Directorate General of Urban Planning

EA Environmental Assessment

EHS Environmental Health and Safety

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EISM Environmental Impact Severity Matrix

ELARD Earth link and Advanced Resources Development

EMP Environmental Management Plan

ES & SR Environmental Safety and Social Representative

ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

ESM Environmental and Social Manager

ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan

HCUP Higher Council of Urban Planning

HEP Hydro Electric Power plant

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

IFC International Finance Corporation

LRA Litani River Authority

MHER Ministry of Hydraulic and Electric Resources

MoA Ministry of Agriculture

MoC Ministry of Culture

MoE Ministry of Environment

MoEW Ministry of Energy and Water

MoI Ministry of Interior



PREPARED BY ELARD xii

LIST OF ACRONYMS

MoIMPH Ministry of Public Healthof Interior and Municipalities

MoPH Ministry of Public Health

MoPWT Ministry of Public Works and Transportation

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets

NGO Non Governmental Organization

NSEQ National Standards for Environmental Quality

ODS Ozone Depleting Substances

OESMP Operation Environmental and Social Management Plan

OP/BP Operational Policy / Bank Procedures

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PAD Project Appraisal Documents

PAH Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons

PM Particulate Matter

PMU Project Management Unit

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

PWWE Public Water and Wastewater Establishment

QA/QC Quality Assurance / Quality Control

RAP Resettlement Action Plan

TBM Tunnel Boring Machine

TMP Traffic Management Plan

TOR Terms of References

VEC Valuable Ecosystem Component

VOC Volatile Organic Compounds

WB World Bank

WHO World Health Organization

WTW Water Treatment Works

WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plants


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

PREPARED BY ELARD I

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION

Greater Beirut has been facing a deficit in potable water for the past forty years. Shortage in water is

estimated today at 145,000 m3/d and 275,000 m3/day for the wet and dry season respectively.

In 1970 the Lebanese Government of the day passed a decree (Presidential Decree No. 14522, May

1970) in which it allocated water from the Litani and Awali river catchments to different regions in

Lebanon.

The proposed Beirut-Awali Project will secure a sustainable source of potable water to Greater Beirut to

overcome the existing deficit and meet the city's potable water requirements on the short and medium

term.

The CDR has initiated the Project following the request of the Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) and

is seeking to secure financing of the project from the World Bank (WB) whereas the Beirut and Mount

Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment (BMLWWE) will be covering the local counterpart

financing needs.

The Project will be implemented on conventional contract basis with expected construction duration of

four years and one year operational maintenance.

The Project has a World Bank (WB) “Category A” status and therefore a full Environmental and Social

Impact Assessment (ESIA) has been required.

This report provides an updated ESIA which identifies potential environmental and social impacts

associated with the proposed Project and proposes relevant mitigation measure and management

plan.

LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

This ESIA complies with the Lebanese Legislative requirements as well as with that international (WB/IFC)

and European Union standards.

The overall control of water supply and quality is under the Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water and

Wastewater Establishment acting under the Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) while the Ministry of

Environment and various line Ministries are charged with specific regulatory duties.

Regionally the Project area is under the Governorate of Mount Lebanon and its subordinate cazas and

Municipalities

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The Project is divided into two main components:

1. The Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor

2. Improvement and rehabilitation of the water distribution network in Beirut and its suburbs

The Awali- Beirut Water Conveyor includes the following sub-components:

Joun Regulation Structure: set into the hillside by the existing adit access from the Joun tunnel

to the hydro-electric power station.



PREPARED BY ELARD II

Joun to Ourdaniye Tunnel: running underground throughout its length of 4.1 Km.

Wadi Abou Yabes washout: (discharge point) for emergency discharge or routine

maintenance

Ourdaniye Water Treatment Works: including tunnel inlet and outlet portals and the water

treatment works. Sludge treatment and disposal facilities will be associated with this works. A

washout will be provided for emergency discharge.

Ourdaniye to Khalde tunnel: underground throughout its length of 19.7 km.

Inverted Siphon: in the Damour river with ventilation shafts at the hills to the south and north of

the valley. A washout will be provided for use in emergencies and for maintenance.

A surge shaft in the hillside above Khalde: 2,800 mm diameter shaft in reinforced concrete with

surface venting structure 7 m diameter in reinforced concrete, including improved access

road.

Outlet portal in the hillside above Khalde: termination structure in reinforced concrete and

upgraded access road

Flow measurement and sampling chamber on the hillside above Khalde.

Twin Pipeline from Khalde portal to Khalde distribution chamber: 1.9 km long and 1,400 mm

diameter

Khalde distribution and connection chamber: in reinforced concrete containing isolating and

regulating valves. Provides washout to local stream.

Twin Pipeline form Khalde distribution chamber to Hadath 90 and 125 reservoirs: 7.6 km long,

1,400mm diameter pipelines in ductile iron with connections to Hadath 90 and 125 reservoirs

and local supply.

Hadath 125 reservoir: Storage reservoir, two compartments, effective volume 30,000 m3 in

reinforced concrete with isolating valves and small surface kiosk, including access road.

Connection to local distribution system.

Hatdath 90 reservoir: Storage reservoir, two compartments, effective volume 50,000 m3 in



Pipeline from Hadath reservoirs to Hazmieh reservoir: 2.7 km long twin 1,300 diameter pipelines

in ductile iron, with option for further extension for supply of treated water to Beirut.

Hazmieh 90 reservoir: Storage reservoir, two compartments, effective volume 20,000 m3 in



Component 2 will comprise:

The construction of 16 reservoirs (between 500 m3 and 1000 m3 storage capacity each) and

associated pumping stations distributed across the various distribution zones in the project

area;

The replacement and/or installation of approximately 187 km of distribution network across the

project area in Ein El Delbi, Southern Beirut and parts of the Metn area;

Installation of 200,000 household meters in portions of the project area to be selected by the

GBMLWWE and to operate on a volumetric tariff basis;

Installation of bulk meters at the reservoirs and distribution chambers;



PREPARED BY ELARD III

Analysis of Alternative

The No Project Option and other scheme alternatives were addressed in this report.

The No Project alternative is considered to be not viable, as it would have severe environmental and

socio-economic impacts in Beirut.

Five overall project options were identified and are illustrated in Table ‎1-1 below:

Table ‎1-1 Overall Project Options

OPTION OPTION NAME DESCRIPTION

1 Tunnel 1 Tunnel form Joun direct to a WTW at Khalde with pipeline transfer to

reservoirs in Beirut

2 Tunnel 2 Tunnel form Joun direct to Khalde via a WTW in Ouardaniye, with

pipeline transfer to reservoirs

3 Concrete Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by concrete

pipeline to Khalde with pipeline transfer to reservoirs in Beirut

4 Ductile Iron Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by ductile iron


5 Steel Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by steel pipeline to

Khalde with pipeline transfer to reservoirs in Beirut

Option 2, Tunnel 2 was preferred for the following reasons:

Lowest overall cost

Greatest security in terms of:

Least vulnerability to deliberate damage

Best resistance to earthquakes

Least risk of leakage and consequential damage

Greatest durability and design life

Lowest maintenance requirements (and thus minimized supply disruption)

Easier to supply the coastal strip from Ouardaniye WTW rather than a Khalde WTW

Spare hydraulic capacity available:

To supplement inadequate reservoir capacity in Beirut

To allow for future expansion of required; and

Least environmental impact during construction

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE STUDY

This section sheds light on the existing physical environment and socio-economic status.

The Climate conditions in the project area are those of a typical eastern Mediterranean climate; the

rainfall is low and restricted to the period between November and March, and the temperatures are

high in summer, but the area is not subject to the cold winter that occurs in Lebanese mountains.

The existing ambient noise levels recorded near most of the surface structure components averaged

between 60 and 65 dB (A). Therefore ambient noise levels already exceed allowed noise levels as per

Lebanese legislation (Decision 52/1 of 1996).



PREPARED BY ELARD IV

The tunnel passes mainly through the upper and the middle Sannine-Maameltein Formation of

Cenomanin and Turonian ages respectively. This formation is mainly composed of hard massive

limestone and dolomitic limestone rocks. Exposures of this formation cover most of the study area with a

total thickness of around 800 m. Only the upper part of this formation is exposed in the study area.

Conformably overlying this formation is the Chekka Formation of Senonian age. It is mainly composed

of thinly bedded soft marl and marly limestone rocks. It is mostly exposed in the areas surrounding Joun

village.

Structurally the area is located few kilometers west of the Coastal Flexure which is the possible extension

of the Roum Fault (Nemer, 1999). The flexure extends from Chhim in the southern part to Baawerta and

Aaramoun in the central and northern parts of the study area respectively. The Flexure has steeply

dipping beds which gentles as we approach the study area. The general inclination of the beds in the

study area is around 20˚ dipping towards the west.

The Sannine-Maameltein Formation is the major coastal aquifer in the study area. It is karstic in nature

with tertiary porosity meaning that groundwater is flowing mainly in fissures, fractures and conduits.

There are no permanent springs issuing from this formation except close to the coastal area and mainly

below sea level in the form of submarine springs (Feasibility Report, 1994).

The position of the water table is closely related to the base level which is the sea level and it gently

rises inland with a mean gradient of 11.5 m/km. The depth of the water table was determined from

groundwater wells (Feasibility Report, 1994).

The raw water will be delivered to the plant by the use of tunnels that belong to the existing

hydroelectric system. There are two main sources of water:

1. Karaoun Lake;

2. Awali River.

Raw water quality has been analyzed several times in the past with the first one being in 1968/1972, the

second one in August 1984 and the third one in 1994/1995. The most recent water quality analysis was

conducted in 2001. The first two can be considered outdated as it is suspected that the condition and

status of the tunnels, hydroelectric power plant and dams may have changed during the proceeding

period. The analysis conducted in 1994/1995 contained some information on the most important

parameters; however the feasibility report and the preliminary design report of Montgomery Watson did

not cover comprehensive water quality information on a seasonal basis for both the Karaoun and Awali

sources. It is not possible to immediately verify the conclusions and assumptions which were the basis of

the 1994 feasibility study or the subsequent preliminary design. This is due to lack of recent detailed

water quality monitoring data at the points of concern to this project, and the fact that new data

would need to be collected over long periods to capture seasonal variations.

The landscape along the areas of the Awali project varies between the hills and the coastal planes. A

summary of nature of landscape and existing biodiversity is given in Table ‎1-2 below



PREPARED BY ELARD V

Table ‎1-2 Summary of Landscape and Biodiversity

STRUCTURE LANDSCAPE BIODIVERSITY

Joun flow regulation Relatively steep valley (degraded site) very common species including

Calicotome villosa (Vahl) Link,

Poterium spinosum L., Phlomis viscosa

Poir., Nerium oleander L., Inula

viscosa (L.) Aiton, Echinops viscosus

DC. and Notobasis syriaca (L.) Cass.

Wadi Abou Yabes

Washout

Isolated hillside location Significantly degraded environment

Ouardaniye WTW open hillside location Several species were found and

identified, including one specimen of

Rhus tripartita (Ucria) D.C. and one of

Quercus calliprinos Webb, 5 species

of orchids in large quantities and

many species of butterflies.

Nahr Damour Inverted

Siphon

Deep, narrow valley Several types of vegetation cover

composed mainly by Platanus

orientalis L. (Oriental Plane), Alnus

orientalis Decne (Oriental Alder),

Acer syriacum Boiss. et Gaill. (Syrian

Maple), Pistacia lentiscus L. (Mastic),

Pistacia palaestina Boiss. (Wild

Pistachio), Quercus sp. (Oak), Salix

acmophylla Boiss. and Salix alba L.

var. micans And. (Willow) were found.

Khalde surge shaft and

outlet

R hillside sites having a steep slope to the

west

Highly degraded and/or with no

important floral biodiversity.

Khalde flow measurement

and samplignchamber

This location is characterized by the

richness of its flora and the aged

specimens of the trees found. This

was by far the most important

ecosystem visited among the 12

selected sites. This site is on the Pinus

brutia Ten series, where the conifers

Pinus brutia Ten., Pinus halepensis Mill.

and Cupressus sempervirens L. are



PREPARED BY ELARD VI

STRUCTURE LANDSCAPE BIODIVERSITY

the most abundant formation.

Distribution Chamber Between the new highway and the old

coastal road. Offshore, the coastal beach is

used for some recreational activities

Highly degraded and/or with no


Hadath 125 reservoir Terraced sloping valley Highly degraded and/or with no


Hadath 90 reservoir Waste ground Highly degraded and/or with no


Hazmieh 90 reservoir Flat to gently sloping ground Highly degraded and/or with no


Archaeological and historical interests are limited at the locations of surface features of the Project,

and no remains were uncovered during site investigations. Khalde has yielded some archaeological

finds but not directly in the project area.

A summary of social survey conducted at relevant main villages is given in Table ‎1-3 below:



PREPARED BY ELARD VII

Table ‎1-3 Summary of Socio-Economic situation in main villages

VILLAGE/TOWN GENERAL

DESCRIPTION LIVELIHOOD ACTIVITIES

EDUCATION, CULTURE,

COMMUNITY & PUBLIC

INFRASTRUCTURE

WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES OTHER

INFORMATION

Joun

Population: 7500-

8000

Altitude: 350-400 m

Surface area: 12

km2

Land ownership: 20-

30% publicly

owned, and the

remaining is

privately owned

Land use: 80% is

designated for

agricultural use

Agriculture: Olive groves; Citrus

orchards; Vegetables and Flowers in

greenhouses; the majority of

designated agricultural lands remain

uncultivated due to the lack of

irrigation water

Industry: Agro-food (Olive oil; Orange

Blossom water; Rose water; Carob

molasses); Manufacture of Nylon,

Tyres and concrete building blocks

Commerce: Small shops and garages

High literacy rate (95%)

Two public & two private

schools

Public Library

Afforestation campaigns

Sports facilities

Monastery of Saint Saviour

Archaeological features

Old stone houses

One dispensary & resident

doctors

Drinking, service and irrigation water

is supplied by the Barouk Water

Authority and distributed through a

public network

A public, municipal well supplements

the supply in addition to many

private wells in privately-owned lands

Small hillside reservoirs for rain water

harvesting

No sewage network; septic tanks are

used

A land survey is

underway

60-70 building

permits were

handed out in

the last three

years

60% of the

population are

seasonal

residents

Ouardaniye Population: 4000

Altitude: 350 m

Agriculture: Vegetable production in

greenhouses

Industry: A grain mill and building

blocks factories

Commerce: Restaurant/Café

One public & one private

school

One dispensary

Water is supplied through public

wells, at depths of 452m and 369m,

managed by the municipality, which

also manages a distribution network

Up to 150 private wells are drilled in

the village


used

Al-Damour

Population: 30,000

Resident

population: 10,000

(due to

displacement &

emigration)

Land ownership: The

majority of lands are

privately owned

Land use: 20% are in

agricultural use

Agriculture: 100 ha of banana

plantations and vegetable

production

Commerce: Restaurants/Cafés; Small

shops and garages

Two public & three private

schools


One dispensary & resident

doctors

The Damour River waters are used for

irrigation

Drinking and service water are

supplied through municipal public

wells and private wells

A sewage network is present but is

not operational; septic tanks are used

A land survey

has been

carried out

Around 30

building permits

were handed

out in the last

three years



PREPARED BY ELARD VIII

Khalde

Residential and

touristic area, It is a

coastal area that is

rapidly urbanizing

with 15,000-20,000

residents.

Very little agricultural activities

A water distribution network runs

through Khaldeh and is supplied from

the Mechref village. Water pipes

have all been repaired this year.

Also, several privately drilled wells

exist in the village with a depth

ranging from 30-60 m but water is

slightly salty. A sewer network is

present and is connected to the

collector in Khaldeh.

residential and

touristic area

rapidly

urbanizing

Hadath Population: 150,000

Industry: Light industries – Elevators,

towels, tiles

Commerce: Banks & shops

Many public service institutions

Four public, 10 private & two

vocational schools; three

universities, including the largest

Lebanese University campus

Two hospitals, three

dispensaries and many resident

doctors

Water is supplied through the Ain El-

Delbeh water authority and

distributed through a municipally-

owned and managed network

A sewage network is present and

operational

Hazmieh Population: 6,500 Commerce: Over 10 banks and

numerous offices


One public & six private

schools; three universities

Two hospitals, one dispensary

and many resident doctors


Delbeh water authority from the

Daichouniyeh Spring and distributed

through a network


operational



PREPARED BY ELARD IX

PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Lack of consultation with the directly affected local communities in the earlier EIA report posed a

necessity to target these in the updated study in aim to ensure that adequate and timely information is

provided to them and other stakeholders, and that they are given the chance to voice their opinions

and concerns.

Based on an agreed plan with MoE‟s representatives, ELARD team has consulted potentially affected

local people and concerned Municipalities during the socio-economic survey. Project leaflets,

prepared in Arabic, were distributed during the survey. These aimed at introducing the project while

serving as an invitation to participate in a public consultation meeting.

The public participation event was held in the Lebanese University in Hadath at the Institute of Fine Arts

on the 12th of May 2010.

ELARD consultants presented the project details, potential impacts and mitigation measures in a 45-

minute presentation and opened the floor for one hour of open discussions with the attendees.

Various environmental impacts were discussed during the open session and some concerns rose up by

the attendees. The two main serious concerns raised by the public are summarized in Table ‎1-4 with an

explanation of how the concern is addressed by the project proponents.

Table ‎1-4 Main Public Concerns

CONCERN DESCRIPTION ACTION/ANSWER

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water Concerns were raised regarding type and

magnitude of impact that could potentially

affect the natural flow of water in the Awali

River section downstream the Joun HEP after

retrieval of the required amount of water for

the Conveyor Project

CDR representative pointed

out that the impact would be

negligible.

ELARD to investigate the issue

and address it in its

Environmental and Social

Impact Assessment Report

Structural impact from TBM

activity

Concerns on adverse impacts on the structural

stability of the St. Joseph Carmel School were

expressed by the chairperson since the tunnel

is passing beneath the school.

CDR to provide adequate

geotechnical reports proving

that there will be no direct

impacts resulting from the

tunnel boring activity.

A second Public Consultation covering both components of the project was held for the purpose of

disclosing the results of the ESIA study on 27 July 2010 and has targeted the same audience including all

related stakeholders as for the first consultation.



PREPARED BY ELARD X

ENVIRONEMNTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

A summary of the

impacts of the Project on its surrounding environment assuming no mitigation measures are undertaken

is given in Table ‎1-5 in an Environmental Impact Severity Matrix (EISM) whereas Table ‎1-6 presents the

EISM of the project when control and mitigation measures are adopted.

With no mitigation measures being implemented, significant impacts would be attributed to the

following activities:

Dust generation

Construction works

Excavation and tunneling

Blasting

Solid and Liquid waster generation

Accidental fuel and chemical spills

Traffic (during construction phase)

Land Expropriation



PREPARED BY ELARD XI

Table ‎1-5 Impacts of the Project on its surrounding with no mitigation measures

Activity / Source of the Impact

Unmitigated Impacts

Receptor

Air Q

ua

lity

Lan

dsc

ap

e

an

d S

oil

QU

ALI

TY

wa

ter

RESO

UR

CES

Bio

div

ers

ity

No

ise

Arc

he

olo

gic

al

So

cio

-

Ec

on

om

ic &

Pu

blic

he

alth

Construction Phase

C

Combustion and Exhaust Emissions 3C

3C

Dust Generation 4C

4C

Open Burning of solid waste 2A

2A

Project Footprint

2C

1A 2B

Construction works 4C

2C

2B

Excavation and tunneling works 4C 4C 4C 3C 2C 1A 2B

Blasting

4C

4C 4C

Solid and Liquid waste generation

4C

4C

Accidental Spill of Fuel, Oil and Chemicals

4B 4C

Land Expropriation

4C

Traffic

4C

4C

Operation Phase

C

Combustion and Exhaust Emissions

Open Burning of solid waste


4C 3C

4C


3C

Sludge Generation

1C

Water Pumps

3C

3C

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water upstream Joun

HEP 1C

1C

Trafffic

2B

2B

LEGEND

Consequences Likelihood Acceptability

1 - Negligible 4 – Significant A – Low Beneficial

2 - Minor 5 – Catastrophic B – Medium Negligible with minor

mitigation

3 - Moderate Beneficial C – High Minimize Impacts

Unacceptable



PREPARED BY ELARD XII

Table ‎1-6 Impacts of the Project on its surrounding with mitigation measures


Mitigated Impacts

Receptor

Air Q

ua

lity

Lan

dsc

ap

e a

nd

So

il Q

UA

LITY

wa

ter

RESO

UR

CES

Bio

div

ers

ity

No

ise

Arc

he

olo

gic

al

So

cio

-

Ec

on

om

ic &

Pu

blic

he

alth

Construction Phase C


2C

Dust Generation 2C

2C


2A

Project Footprint

1C

1A 1B

Construction works 2C

1B 1B

Excavation and tunneling works 2C 2C 2B 2B 1B 1A 1B

Blasting

2C 2C

2B


2A

2A


2A 2B

Land Expropriation

3B

Traffic

3B

3B

Operation Phase

C




2A 1C

2A


1C

Sludge Generation

1C

Water Pumps

1B

1B

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water upstream Joun

HEP

1C

1C

Trafffic

1C

1C

LEGEND




mitigation


Unacceptable



PREPARED BY ELARD XIII

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Table ‎1-7 Summary of Environmental and Social Management Plan

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS

MITIGATION MEASURES INSTITUTIONAL

RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (CESMP)

Site Clearance/

Excavation

Drilling/blasting,

pipeline

construction and

tunnel boring

works (to a lesser

extent)

Solid and liquid

waste generation

from camp

operations (such

as sanitary

facilities and

kitchen) and

pipelines pressure

testing)

Accidental

chemical / oil

spills or leaks

(from excavators

and tunnel boring

machine)

Disturbance to

land/landscape

(Land scaring from

Project Footprint)

Compromised Visual

Amenity

Contamination of soil

quality.

Limiting the land clearance area required for pipelines in the vicinity of

forested areas of Khalde; Planning and marking access routes and adopting

minimum safe operating width

Using existing tracks/ routes to reduce the size of the impacted area;

Minimizing (whenever possible) the time and space of heavy machinery use

and constructing intensive activities and using whenever possible existing

and previously disturbed land and roads to access site and avoiding off-

road driving, areas crossing wadis or that are prone to erosion;

Avoiding excessive removal of topsoil and minimizing grading and clearing

of vegetation;

Stabilization of topsoil and spoil stockpiles along the pipelines previously

removed during excavation works and using it as cover material whenever

possible during backfilling and site restoration;

A preliminary project handover and restoration plan should be developed

that identifies disposal options for all equipment and materials, including

products used and wastes generated on site;

Project handover (end of Construction) should comprise the complete

closure of the labor camps including the removal of all equipments and

vehicles and other fixtures and infrastructures and covering of trenches and

restoring of all sites to original state.

Reduce the use of blasted debris as much as possible and allow backfilling

and site restoration from topsoil and spoil excavated by conventional

methods (such as drilling) and generated by the tunnel boring works;

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost

incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XIV

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Perform a soil sampling campaign in the Project affected areas, specifically

where blasting activities took place, in order to document the soil conditions

(physic-chemical characteristics, petroleum contamination, etc.) following

the cessation of construction works

Environmental

Consultant (to be

hired by CDR)

1500

Loading and

Unloading

operations (at

construction sites

and spoil

handling facilities)

Truck

transportation

(haulage)

Operation of on-

site diesel-fuelled

generators

Increase in ambient

dust levels

(fugitive dust

emissions)

Increase in

combustion/exhaust

emissions (release of

combustion gases,

NOx, CO2,SO2, CO)

All vehicles, plant and equipment engines shall be properly maintained in

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to maximize combustion

efficiency and minimize emissions;

Usage of vehicles/machines equipped with exhaust emission control units;

All trucks transporting material likely to generate dust should be properly

covered according to Lebanese requirements;

Maintenance and reporting of monthly fuel consumption records;

Any machinery, which is intermittent in use, should be shut off in periods of

non use or, where this is impracticable to be throttled back to a minimum;

Small combustion source emissions (with a capacity of up to 50 megawatt

hours thermal (MWth)) should adhere to the IFC emission standards for

exhaust emissions in the General EHS Guidelines and MoE Decision 8/1 of

2001, whichever stricter;

Combustion source emissions with a capacity of greater than 50 MWth

should comply with the IFC EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power;

Implement proper dust control measures. Measures will include the damping

down of dust if excavations are occurring in high winds, rig dust suppression

units and the covering piles of excavated material to prevent mobilization

(with nets or matting);

Efficient scheduling of deliveries as well as establishing and enforcing

appropriate speed limits over all paved and unpaved surfaces (< 40 km/h)

via a Traffic Management Plan (TMP) approved by the Project Proponent.

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XV

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Drilling/blasting,

pipeline

construction

Vehicular

movement and

Equipment

operation

Increase in ambient

noise level Fitting all machinery and vehicles with effective exhaust silencers;

Maintaining all machinery and vehicles in good repair and in accordance

with the manufacturer‟s instructions;

Limit the working hours when near sensitive sites (schools, health care unit,

etc.);

Proper selection of equipment for the specific tasks considering the lowest

sound power level;

Maintenance of equipment as not to create unnecessary noise owing to

mechanical problems;

Operation of equipment in a manner considerate to the ambient noise

background;

Avoidance of leaving equipment idling unnecessary;

Elimination of tonal, impulsive or low frequency noise through noise control

engineering techniques where feasible (e.g. dampers, fitting of mufflers, etc.)

Provision of alternative methods if necessary (substituting hammering actions

with hydraulics);

Provision by the Contractor of adequate buffer zone with sensitive

populations in the Project Area;

Mandatory use of noise plugs during noisy activities and

Proper communication with receptors whenever highly noisy events are

planned

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred

Vehicular

movement &

Truck

Trips/Haulage

Traffic congestion Liaising with community and government by a dedicated resource in the

field throughout the duration of the project (i.e. establishing a complaint

register to document potential public complaints.

Clearly identify the project footprint to avoid accidents during further

development of the area particularly in the designated and construction

sites.

Having a Traffic Management Plan (TMP);

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XVI

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Allowing only certified and trained drivers to carry out transportation related

activities;

Having an Emergency Response Procedures in place; and

Having a maintenance program to all vehicles associated with construction

activities.

Fuel, Oil and

Chemical

Handling and

Storage

Contamination of

soil quality and

groundwater

resources

Storage

Where appropriate, fuel, oil and chemicals stores will be sited in specific

designated areas on site on an impervious base within a suitably contained

area;

The fuel storage facilities will have a secondary containment, such as a

berm, capable of holding the capacity of the largest container plus 10% to

accommodate rainfall;

Fresh oil and waste oil will be segregated and stored separately to prevent a

potential risk of mixing;

All storage tanks will be positioned to minimize the risks of damage by

impact; All storage tanks will be of sufficient strength and structural integrity;

No storage tank will be used for the storage of fuel, oil or chemicals unless its

material and construction are compatible with the type of materials to be

stored and storage conditions (e.g. pressure and temperature);

Drip trays will be installed underneath equipment such as diesel generators,

transformers to contain leakage. The drip trays will be maintained and kept

drained of rainwater; and

All fuel and oil will be inventoried and use recorded.

Refueling

Supervision of refueling at all times by appropriate personnel: Checks to fill

hoses, valves and nozzles for signs of wear and tear prior to operation;

Checks to tank levels prior to delivery to prevent overfilling through side glass

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XVII

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

or manually by dipstick logs;

Locating fill pipes within the containment (unless shut-off valves are fitted);

Grounding of tanks and grounding of vehicles during fuel transfers; and

Ensuring a supply of suitable absorbent materials is available at re-fuelling

points for use in dealing with minor spills. If a leak or spill occurs during

loading or offloading operations, the operations will be stopped and the spill

will be contained, cleaned up and collected based on the Spill Response

Plan.

Chemicals

Personnel handling chemicals will be trained in their handling and use and

aware of the associated hazards including the personnel protective

equipment (PPE) requirements through pre-task instruction.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals supplied will be held at

the storage area, the point of use and by the site medical staff and site

ES&SR representative; Safety signage will be in place;

All chemical deliveries (loading and unloading operations) will be supervised

at all times and will be transferred to a secure storage area without delay;

Storage of chemicals will be sited on designated areas at the site; an

inventory of all chemicals on site will be kept and use will be recorded.

Chemicals will be properly packaged, labeled and stored;

Dangerous/hazard chemicals will be stored separately;

Chemical storage drums will be in good condition and with sealed bungs. All

used drums will be washed / flushed with water and pierced before leaving

the site to prevent local use and subsequent exposure to contaminants if

they are not able to be returned to the original supplier.

All tanks and containers will be clearly labeled with the nature of the

contents and placarded with the MSDS. The storage of chemical products in

containers or on palettes equipped with plastic dust cover against severe

weather. Chemicals will be shaded. Chemical storage drums and



PREPARED BY ELARD XVIII

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

packaging are to be returned to the original supplier in an orderly fashion i.e.

palletized and shrink wrapped.

Waste

Management


quality and

groundwater

resources

CDR shall promote the use of a Licensed Municipal Waste Facility in

coordination with MoE.

All personnel shall be responsible for ensuring that standards of “good

housekeeping” are maintained. This will include clearance of all rubbish and

work associated debris;

Contractors to include a waste management plan as part of CEMP.

And CDR to ensure that solid waste management is included in the

contractor‟s agreement.

Implementation:

CDR/Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred

OPERATION ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (OESMP)

Site clearance

/excavation

and spoil

stockpiling

activities

Accidental spills

Tunneling

activities

Contamination of

groundwater Quality

Clean up spills if any with an absorbent material such as cat litter.

Develop a contingency plan to prevent potential groundwater

contamination.

Passing water resulting from tunneling and excavation through oil separator

prior to discharge in the event that it has been contaminated with oily

residues.

Minimize the planned amount of land to be disturbed as much as possible.

Use special construction techniques in areas of steep slopes, erodible soils,

and stream crossings.

Reclaim or apply protective covering (e.g., vegetative cover) on disturbed

soils as quickly as possible.

Avoid creating excessive slopes during excavation and blasting operations

since these activities accelerate water percolation into ground.

Monitor construction near aquifer recharge areas to reduce potential

contamination of the aquifer.

Disposal of excess excavation materials in approved areas to control erosion

Implementation:

Contractor.

SUPERVISION: ESM

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XIX

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

and minimize leaching of hazardous materials.

Impose site-specific Best Management Practices, potentially including silt

fences, hay bales, vegetative covers, and diversions, to reduce impacts to

surface water from the deposition of sediments beyond the construction

areas.

Immediate implementation of the Oil spill response plan in case of

accidental events.

Site clearance

/Excavation

Vehicular

movement

Destruction of natural

habitat (loss of

forested areas and

few native flora

species)

Develop a detailed plants Inventory at the 3 identified sensitive sites

(Ouardaniye WTW, Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout and Khalde Flow

measurement and sampling chamber) prior and post construction activities

commencement as part of CEMP;

Developing an ecosystem rehabilitation plan to regenerate and reintroduce

some of the native species of trees (especially at the most degraded areas)

present in the studied area, therefore leading to positive impacts on

biodiversity.

Implementation:

Biodiversity expert

1200

Special effort and attention should be given to the 4 sensitive sites

Limiting vehicular transport to defined roads as to prevent unnecessary

damage to vegetation;

Preserving top soil excavated by conventional methods (such as drilling);

Avoiding introducing invasive plant species (e.g. weeds).

All affected areas must be replanted with indigenous species appropriate to

the respective sites; and

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

Biodiversity expert

No cost incurred

Physical

excavation

(blasting, site

clearance,

trenching)

Demolition, alteration

of or damage to

archaeological

resources, whether

on surface or below-

ground

Prepare a brochure to help crew members recognize any discovery of

buried antiquities; and Archaeologist

500

Direct reporting to local authorities (DGA) in case of new findings during

Construction and proper documentation of historic sites.

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XX

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Land

Expropriation

Permanent and

irreversible loss of

land and some loss

of agricultural

greenhouses

(agricultural

business)

Temporary

severance /

disturbance of public

rights-of-way and

access to community

resources and

services.

Consultation with potentially affected communities prior to expropriation

procedures.

Fair and full compensation for land and other assets expropriated for the

project in the public interest as stated in the Lebanese expropriation law

(Law No. 58/1991 and its amendments (2006))..

Compensation to local farmers who lost their agricultural lands (loss of

livelihood);

Preparation of a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) (ongoing) as per the World

Bank standards.

ESM No cost incurred

Fuel and

Chemicals

handling &

storage


quality and

groundwater

resources

Selecting appropriate locations for septic tanks installation as to avoid

leakage and contamination of groundwater.

Immediate cleaning of a spill by removing affected top soil layer by trained

employees

Continuous in-situ sampling of soil in the vicinity and underneath the spill for

potential contaminant; and

Stopping the source of spill (close valve, seal pipe, seal hole etc…);

Refueling in a designated fueling area that includes a temporary berm to

limit, if not prevent, the spread of any spill.

Implementation:

WTW operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost incurred

Wastewater

generation

(sanitary/proce

ss)


quality and

groundwater

resources

CDR should commission local contractor for the collection of domestic

wastewater and disposal to nearest public sewerage network ( Frequency

will be based on septic tank volume)

Implementation:

Local contractor

Supervision year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

200 (unit cost)



PREPARED BY ELARD XXI

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

Adopting as much as possible dry cleaning techniques to decrease resultant

wastewater, and to avoid flushing of spills to deeper soil layers.

Develop a stormwater management plan to ensure compliance with

regulations and prevent off-site migration of contaminated stormwater.

Implementation:

WTW Operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost incurred

Leaching from

Naameh landfill

Contamination of

groundwater quality

Regular monitoring wells data inspection for the section of the tunnel lying

downstream the land fill

Giving additional consideration for the subject strip during maintenance of

the tunnel

Checking for any fissures or fractures in the tunnel wall during maintenance

During the first year

of operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWA

Sludge

handling and

disposal

Contamination of

groundwater

resources

Design considerations for sludge management include dewatering and

thickening processes prior to disposal.

Re-use of separated water at the inlet of the WTW instead of discharge of

liquid effluent to wadis. In the event of effluent discharge into the Wadi

(following sludge dewatering), the former should comply with the Lebanese

new standards for discharge into receiving water bodies (Decision No. 8/1).

Investigate the disposal of sludge cake to the Naameh landfill instead of

quarry rehabilitation. (In the latter case, potential for percolation/leaching

into groundwater).

Implementation:

WTW Operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

No cost incurred



PREPARED BY ELARD XXII

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

BMLWWA

Operation of

pumping

stations

Nuisance to noise-

sensitive receptors

Fitting all equipment and pumps with effective exhaust silencers

Proper selection of pumps for the specific task considering the lowest sound

power level; and,

Maintenance of pumping stations as not to create unnecessary noise owing

to mechanical problems

Insulating generator rooms and engines.

Implementation:

WTW Contractor

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost incurred


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT INTRODUCTION

PREPARED BY ELARD 1-1

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Greater Beirut has been facing a deficit in potable water for the past forty years. Shortage in water is

estimated today at 145,000 m3/d and 275,000 m3/day for the wet and dry seasons, respectively.

In 1970 the Lebanese Government of the day passed a decree (Presidential Decree No. 14522, May

1970) in which it allocated water from the Litani and Awali river catchments to different regions in

Lebanon. As a result, Greater Beirut was allocated 50 million cubic meters for the dry season. This

corresponds to 250,000 m3/day (3m3/s) of water.

In 1977 the Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) on behalf of the Government requested from the

Council of Development and Reconstruction (CDR) to study the options for providing additional water

resources to Greater Beirut. Significant number of studies dealing with conveying water by means of a

tunnel and pipelines has been carried out.

At the beginning of 1994, CDR contracted Montgomery Watson and Engico to update the feasibility

study submitted by them in 1985 to re-evaluate options of the tunnel and pipeline for the conveyor.

Montgomery Watson and Engico completed the feasibility study in April 1995. They completed the

detailed design reports and tender documents in late 1997 and early 1998. While Montgomery Watson

and Engico were preparing the studies relating to the Awali-Beirut Conveyor, CDR based on

Government Decision 31, 7/4/1982, in coordination with the Ministry of Finance and the World Bank,

started to investigate ways of funding and executing the conveyor. A decision was made to execute

the conveyor on the basis of a contract, which would have a life span of 25 years.

Today the CDR is seeking to secure financing of the project from the World Bank whereas the Beirut

and Mount Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment (BMLWWE) will be covering the local

counterpart financing needs. It was finally decided to commission the project based on conventional

contracting basis with four years expected construction duration and one year operational

maintenance.

The CDR has contracted Montgomery Watson Harza to re-evaluate its latest feasibility study and has

contracted ELARD group for the purpose of updating the latest Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

study submitted by Montgomery Watson and Engico in 1998.

1.2 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION

The project aims at securing a sustainable source of potable water to Greater Beirut to overcome the

existing deficit and meeting the city's potable water requirements on the short and medium term.

The Project encompasses the following components:

1. The construction of a transmission conveyor from the Awali River just north of Saida to Beirut

(Awali-Beirut Conveyor);

2. The construction of water supply networks within Greater Beirut area to distribute the water

supplied through the conveyor to the inhabitants of the area (Greater Beirut Water Supply

Networks).




The Awali-Beirut Conveyor will supply, by gravity, the Greater Beirut area with approximately 250,000

m3/day (3 m3/s) during the dry season. The conveyor will meet the needs of Greater Beirut in the short

to medium terms. A detailed description of sub-components is provided in Section2.

The Greater Beirut Water Supply Networks component comprises construction of 16 reservoirs (between

500 m3 and 1000 m3 storage capacity each), replacement and/or installation of approximately 187 km

of distribution network and associated pumping stations as well as Installation of 200,000 household

meters in portions of the project area to be selected by the GBMLWWE and to operate on a volumetric

tariff basis.

Construction works are expected to be completed within four years.

1.3 ESIA OBJECTIVES

The ESIA is an important decision-making tool required by the Ministry of Environment and by the World

Bank, that ensures that the environmental hazards and effects of the Project are identified and

evaluated prior to operations, and that appropriate control measures are implemented. The main

objective of this study is to determine the potential environmental and social impacts associated with

the proposed Project.

The objectives of this ESIA study are to:

- Identify all applicable Lebanese national legislation, policies, standards and international

treaties, agreements, industry standards and guidelines and regulatory environmental

requirements for the project, etc.;

- Provide a detailed description of all Project activities and work plans to be carried out in sea

and on land.

- Describe the existing environmental baseline conditions of the Study Area covering the

physical, marine biodiversity, socio-economic, and cultural elements likely to be affected by

the proposed dredging and disposal activities and/or likely to cause adverse impacts upon the

Project, including both natural and man-made environments;

- Identify and assess the potential impacts on environmental and social resources associated

with the Project;

- Identify the nature and extent of any significant potential environmental and social impacts be

they positive (beneficial) or negative (adverse), temporary or permanent. This shall include

routine, non-routine (planned) operations and unplanned (accidental) events;

- Identify any significant cumulative or transboundary impacts of the project and recommend

appropriate actions to mitigate or minimize these impacts during the project execution;

- Identify and evaluate appropriate mitigation measures for these impacts;

- Identify any residual impacts following application of mitigation; and

- Identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards to be included in the detailed

design, operation and handover of the Project, which are necessary to mitigate these impacts

and reduce them to acceptable levels.

The ESIA study shall ensure that:




- The Project complies with international treaties, agreements and industrial standards and

guidelines.

- The Project under assessment complies with relevant Lebanese legislations, standards and

World Bank requirements.

- In the absence of any relevant Lebanese standards or requirements for sampling, construction

and disposal operations, the Project should be at a minimum, compatible with international

standards, such as those issued by the World Bank, IFC, OSHA,...

- Transparency in Project activities and engagement of local authorities and community

regarding its environmental, social and economical aspects.

1.4 ESIA REPORT STRUCTURE

This updated ESIA study is executed in accordance with the Lebanese Environmental Protection Law

No. 444 of 2002, the Lebanese Draft EIA Decree, as well as World Bank guidelines.

The report is structured as follows:

- Introduction;

- Legal and Institutional Framework;

- Project Description;

- Analysis of Alternatives;

- Environmental and Social Baseline;

- Public Participation;

- Environmental and Social Impacts Assessment;

- Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) including mitigation, monitoring, and

institutional strengthening-capacity building and training;

- Appendices


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK


2. LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

2.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents an overview of all environmental legislation and standards relevant to the

construction and operation of the Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Project. This section sheds light on the

legal and institutional framework and identifies gaps and deficiencies in the national legal and

institutional system.

The objective is also to ensure compliance not only with the Lebanese environmental laws and

regulations, but also with the relevant international agreements, standards and guidelines of which

Lebanon is signatory and to observe non-statutory corporate standards and good practice guidance.

2.2 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK AND SECTOR ORGANIZATION IN LEBANON

2.2.1 Institutional Framework for the Protection of the Environment

In 1981, a state Ministry of Environment was created for the management of environmental affairs such

as the use of pesticides, deforestation and forest fires, solid waste disposal, protection of native

biodiversity, etc.

In 1993, Law 216 established the Ministry of Environment (MoE) and defined its mandates and functions.

Article 2 of this Law stipulates that the MoE should formulate a general environmental policy and

propose measures for its implementation in coordination with the concerned government

administrations. The article indicates that the MoE should protect the natural and man-made

environment in the interests of public health and welfare, and fight pollution from whatever source by

taking preventative and remedial action. The MoE is charged in particular with developing the

following aspects of environmental management:

A strategy for solid waste and wastewater treatment and disposal, through

participation in appropriate committees, conducting studies for this purpose, and

commissioning appropriate infrastructure works;

Permitting conditions for new industry, agriculture, quarrying and mining, and the

enforcement of appropriate remedial measures for establishments existing before

promulgation of this law;

Conditions and regulations for the use of public land, marine and reverie resources in

such a way as to protect the environment; and

Encouragement of private and collective initiatives that improve environmental

conditions.

Law 216 was amended twice according to Decrees 5591/94 and 667/97 so as to strengthen the Ministry

and reorganize its mission and prerogatives along four general policy principles; 1) Regionally balanced

development, 2) Protection of the environment through preventative measures, 3) Adoption of the

polluter pays principle and 4) Integration of environmental policies into other sectoral development

policies.




The Ministry of Environment plays also a role in Coastal Zone Management (CZM), as mandated by law

690/2005 that specified the prerogatives of the Ministry as follows:

The formulation of strategies, policies, programs, and action plans for CZM;

The development of relevant legislation, and participation in the preparation of international

treaties and protocols;

The promotion of awareness and guidance on CZM issues in the community;

The specification of environmental guidelines for:

The classification of establishments

Master plans for zoning (in cooperation with MoPWT)

The creation and exploitation of public beaches

Formulating the strategy, action plans, programs, and studies required for the integrated

management of hazardous and non-hazardous solid waste, domestic and industrial

wastewater, in addition to monitoring their implementation;

Protection of the coastal zone and of territorial waters;

Monitoring air, soil and water quality; recommending preventive and corrective measures, and

monitoring their application;

Regulating hunting and fishing activities in coordination with the MoA;

Controlling the use and disposal of chemicals;

Conducting inspection visits and stopping contraventions.

A major step was achieved when, in July 2002, a comprehensive environmental protection law – Law

444 - reflecting the policy principles mentioned above, was introduced. Law 444 sets the fundamental

principles that govern the management of the environment and the use of natural resources.

In doing so, the Ministry of Environment does not undertake its environmental management efforts in

isolation. Indeed a number of other government ministries and bodies have also environmental

responsibilities Table ‎2-1 lists the main stakeholders concerned with the environment.




Table ‎2-1 Main Public administrations and stakeholders concerned with the protection

of the environment

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION PREROGATIVES

Ministry of Environment (MoE)

MoE reviews, approves or refuses Environmental Impact Assessment reports

prepared by engineering and/or consultancy firms for existing or for potential

projects

Ministry of Energy and Water

(MoEW)

MoEW monitors surface and underground water quality. It also estimates

water needs and uses in all the regions, and identifies the conditions and

systems needed for surface and underground water exploitation. It then

develops the schemes for distribution of water (drinking and irrigation).

Ministry of Public Works and

Transportation (MoPWT)

MoPWT manages, via its different directorates, roads, bridges and water

channels. Through its different directorates, it manages land and maritime

transportation as well as land use planning.

Higher Council of Urban Planning

(HCUP)

HCUP is responsible for urban and rural planning. In doing so it reviews designs

and plans of villages and towns, including zoning proposals for these areas. It

also reviews project decrees aiming at expropriation.

Ministry of Public Health (MoPH)

MoPH is responsible for safeguarding and improving public health through for

example setting allowable levels for contaminants in water, inspecting water

quality in public beaches and tourist resorts and protecting water resources,

specifically coastal underground water reservoirs.

Ministry of Interior (MoI) MoI stops all kinds of infractions and violations.

Council of Development and

Reconstruction (CDR)

CDR prepares all construction and development plans in the country. It also

suggests the economic, financial, and social policies needed for the

implementation of these plans and accordingly sets the priorities and presents

them to the CoM for approval.

Municipalities

Represent the level of local government with legal status, financial and

administrative independence, which exercises powers and responsibilities over

the territory it is granted by law.

2.2.2 Main Public Stakeholders concerned with the project

Several stakeholders play an important role in the management of natural resources and livelihood

strategies within the Project area. These stakeholders and their mandate relevant to the project are

presented in the sections below and summarized in Table ‎2-3:

2.2.3 Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW)

Since its creation, the Ministry of Energy and Water handles water issues and controls water privileges.

The new law organizing the water sector – Law 221/2000 - confirmed the ministry‟s role in monitoring

surface and underground water quality, setting the standards that should be adopted in the studies




and execution of public investments related to water as well as identifying the conditions and systems

for surface and underground water exploitation. It also enhanced the Ministry‟s control over the water

amounts extracted from underground aquifers.

Indeed, Article 2 of this Law enumerates the competencies and missions of the Ministry of Energy and

Water as follows:

Monitoring, studying, and estimating the volume of water resources, and estimating water

needs and uses in all regions;

Monitoring the quality of surface and groundwater and establishing relevant standards;

Developing a general scheme for the allocation and distribution of drinking water and

irrigation water throughout the country; designing and continuously updating a Masterplan for

water to be submitted through the Minister to the Council of Ministers (CoM) for approval;

Designing, studying, and implementing large water projects such as dams, mountain lakes,

tunnels, diversion of riverbeds, water networks, etc., and overseeing their operation;

Protecting water resources against losses and pollution by elaborating legal texts and taking

necessary measures and action to prevent water pollution and restore its initial natural quality;

Developing standards to be adopted in the studies conducted by Water and Wastewater

Establishments, and the implementation of their works; in addition to guidelines and regulations

for the exploitation of surface and groundwater and the management of wastewater, and

standards for the protection and monitoring of water quality.

2.2.4 Ministry of Public Works and Transportation (MoPWT)

According to Decree 2872/1959 (Organization of the Ministry of Public Works and Transportation) and its

amendments, the Ministry of Public Works and Transport is composed of five directorates having each

its own prerogatives.

Of all 5 directorates, the Directorate General of Land and Maritime Transport and the Directorate

General of Urban Planning are those that are mainly and directly involved in CZM.

Indeed, the Directorate General of Land and Maritime Transport (Decree 1611/1971) is responsible for all

matters relating to land and maritime transport, the supervision of ports, marinas, and the public

maritime domain, in addition to its authority on the Organization of Railways and Public Transport.

Whereas, the Directorate General of Urban Planning (DGUP) is responsible for specifying and organizing

land use planning through zoning of regions, specifying allowed investments for different land uses, as

well as architectural constraints, and suitable conditions for ensuring the integration of projects within

their surrounding from an aesthetic, architectural, infrastructural, environmental, and socio-economic

point of view. As for actual enforcement, it is the responsibility of the local authority (municipality/

district) and the Security Forces. The DGUP interferes in the case of complaints, and plays an inspection

role upon termination of building construction by verifying the compatibility of facilities with permit

conditions and specifications.

On the other hand, the Directorate General of Roads and Buildings (Decree 13379/1998), is in charge of

the design, execution and maintenance of roads, bridges, walls, and water channels. The Directorate




also designs, expropriates, subcontracts and supervises works including maintenance of public

buildings and assets. The presence of a Department of Environment and Traffic Safety within the

Directorate General of Roads and Buildings should be noted, which is responsible for assessing the

environmental impact of projected roads, and recommending mitigation measures.

2.2.5 Higher Council for Urban Planning (HCUP)

The Higher Council for Urban Planning (HCUP) that was created in 1983 (decree-law 69/1983) is the

party responsible for urban and rural planning. It comprises representatives from CDR, MoIM, MoPWT,

MoE, MoC and other concerned ministries, municipalities as well as Order of Engineers and Architects. It

can meet with the concerned parties (such as municipalities and public institutions) for discussing issues

pertaining to them and it will give opinion regarding

Designs and plans of villages and towns, and zoning designs

Project decrees aiming at the creation of real estate companies, conducting expropriation

and allotment

Revision of building permits and allotment

Projects aiming at modifying urban planning and building laws

2.2.6 Ministry of Public Health (MoPH)

The Ministry of Public Health (MoPH) is responsible for safeguarding and improving public health,

through the prevention of disease, supervision of health care institutions, suggestion of new legislation or

modification of existing ones. The MoPH consists of Central and Regional Departments, as well as a

Department of Projects and Programs.

Besides suggesting the modification of laws and regulations relating to health prevention, as prompted

by social and scientific developments; and preparing relevant project laws and decrees, MoPH is also

responsible for setting allowable levels for contaminants in water, inspecting water quality in public

beaches and tourist resorts and protecting water resources, specifically coastal underground water

reservoirs.

The Ministry is also in charge of:

Conducting studies and suggesting protocols aiming at preserving the environment's safety

from threats to public health;

Formulating project decisions on sanitary and preventive guidelines for all kinds of classified

establishments;

Suggesting specifications and technical conditions required in the construction of sewage and

potable water networks, and solid waste collection and disposal projects;

Suggesting classification of new types of industrial facilities, and re-classifying those that need

reconsideration;

Approval of projects such as the establishment of slaughterhouses and construction of sewage

networks.




With regards to the Regional Departments (or Public Health Services), they are distributed in all

Governorates except in the Governorate of Beirut, and all districts. They are responsible for

implementing health protocols in the Governorates, providing preventive and laboratory services.

Sanitary Engineers in these services also give their opinion regarding the establishment of

slaughterhouses and sewage networks in cities. As for the District Physicians, they monitor potable water

quality, solid waste disposal, and sanitary guidelines in residential, recreational and occupational

settings.

2.2.7 Ministry of Interior and Municipalities

The Ministry of Interior and Municipalities is concerned with Lebanon's internal policy affairs,

encompassing preparation, coordination, and execution; in addition to safeguarding discipline and

security; overseeing the affairs of governorates, districts, municipalities, unions of municipalities, the

Independent Municipal Fund, mayors, local elected councils, villages, parties, NGOs; and managing

motor vehicle and traffic affairs, etc.

The Ministry of Interior and Municipalities is composed of several distinct directorates having different

prerogatives as set in Decree 4082/2000.

The Directorate General of Administrative and Local Councils mainly has a supervisory and monitoring

role over municipalities, which are themselves directly in charge of CZM and other issues. Overseeing

the application of laws and regulations relating to local affairs, municipalities and their unions, and

other local councils; suggesting plans and developing studies aiming at the development of local life

and activities and promoting public participation in them, and submitting these studies to the Minister

of Interior and Municipalities;

The Directorate General of Internal Security Forces plays a monitoring and enforcement role in CZM

through an enforcement body consisting of the Coastal Brigade Command and the Coastal

Detachments, responsible for implementing laws and regulations relating to coastal control and for

sanctioning violations, in coordination with the enforcement body affiliated to the MoPWT. Its duties

cover the parts of the coast situated within the municipal authority and outside ports and harbors.

2.2.8 Council for Development and Reconstruction (CDR)

The CDR is a public institution that was created in 1977 - in partial replacement of the Ministry of

Planning - to be the Government unit responsible for reconstruction and development. CDR has

unprecedented powers to avoid any administrative routine that could slow down the reconstruction

process, especially in the financial field. It is financially and administratively independent, and directly

affiliated to the Council of Ministers (CoM). Decree 5/1977 specified CDR‟s responsibilities which are

formulated around 4 main axes (i) Planning, (ii) Consultancy and Guidance, (iii) Financial, (iv)

Implementation and Monitoring. These are to be implemented in cooperation with other ministries and

stakeholders and can be summarized as follows:

Planning:

Development of a general plan, consecutive plans and programs for construction and




development activities; in addition to the suggestion of economic, financial, and social policy

in line with the general plan. All of these plans and policies are submitted for approval to the

CoM;

Developing a budget for the implementation of the general plan;

Suggesting project laws relating to construction and development and presenting them to the

CoM;

Developing a general guidance framework for urban planning and presenting it to the CoM

for approval.

Consultancy and Guidance

Giving opinion to the CoM on economic and financial relationships with other countries,

foreign associations and organizations;

Getting in contact with foreign associations and organizations for the purpose of seeking

economic, cultural, technical and social assistance;

Preparing and publishing statistical studies relating to economic and social activities and

projects;

Conducting the necessary studies in the developmental and construction fields, or designating

qualified parties to conduct them, and suggesting the enhancement of the Council's scientific

capabilities;

Requesting ministries, public institutions, and municipalities to prepare projects in line with the

Council's developmental and construction overall objectives;

Providing relevant information for ministries, public institutions, municipalities, and the private

sector;

Giving suggestions on the creation, development and guidance of financial establishments

and companies working on development issues.

Financial duties,

Securing financing for the implementation of the various projects or programs, the source of

funds being the CoM or international donors.

Implementation and Monitoring tasks

Conducting feasibility studies for construction and developmental projects figuring in the

general plan, or preparing programs required for the development of plans

Executing the projects figuring in the general plan, consecutive plans and programs, in

addition to any other construction/development project requested by the CoM. The CDR

selects the appropriate public institution, municipality, or company for the execution of these

projects, and the appropriate means (bidding, subcontracting, partnership,…).

The CDR is the exclusive party responsible for expropriation procedures, and issuing

administrative authorizations and licenses, except in the case where the CoM issues them.

Monitoring of all projects figuring in the plans and programs, and those referred by the CoM,

and submitting relevant reports to the CoM




Monitoring the proper allocation of economic and financial subsidies to their proper targets.

The CDR has developed a General Master plan, including a plan for CZM, organizing land use in

Lebanon. This plan encompasses the construction of wastewater treatment plants in coastal cities, the

rehabilitation of solid waste dumps, the construction of a coastal highway, among other components.

This Master plan has not been approved by the CoM to date a fact that prevents its implementation.

2.2.9 Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment

(BMLWWE)

BMLWWE was created by Law 221 (29/5/2000) which has restructured the water sector in Lebanon.

Article 3 of Law 221, delineates the creation of five water establishments among which the Beirut-

Mount Lebanon Water Establishment by merging the Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water Authorities.

Duties and competencies of the BMLWWE are described in Article 4 of Law 221. These are:

To carry out studies, implementation, operation, maintenance and renewing of projects for

drinking and irrigation water distribution, (except for irrigation water in the South and South

Beqaa that remains under the responsibility of the Litani River authority), within the frame of

General Master-Plan according to a Ministry‟s prior permit to use public water resources.

To propose tariffs for drinking and irrigation water services taking into consideration general

Socio-economic conditions of the Country.

To control the quality of the drinking and irrigation distributed water.

These Water Establishments is operating under its own regulations. It has to hire the services of an audit

company concerning their financial status and is managed by a board of Directors constituted of a

President and six members.

According to Article 6, the establishment is submitted to the “posteriori” control of the Account Court.

Its activities are assessed by a Performance Evaluation Committee composed of the (MoEW as

president and 7 members: the General Director of the Ministry of Finances, the General Director of

Exploitation in the MHER, the General Director of Hydraulic and Electric Equipment in the MHER, a

hydraulic engineer, an economy graduate, a law graduate, and a second category functionary from

the General Directorate of Exploitation as “rapporteur”.

Law 377 issued on December 14th 2001 is an Amendment of Laws 221 and 241. In the Article 1, the new

version of paragraphs 3 and 11 of Article 2 concerning Law 221 incorporates the responsibilities of the

waste water within the competencies of MoEW. Article 2 gives the same amendment for Water

Establishments duties by incorporating the handling of the waste water in the subparagraphs of Article

4 of Law 221.

The Articles 3 replaces the name of the Ministry of Hydraulic and Electric Resources mentioned in

the Article 5 first paragraph of Law 221, by the corresponding terms; “Ministry of Energy and Water”.

The Article 4 brings, in addition to the previous modification relative to the MHER, another new

appellation:




General Director of Hydraulic and Electric Equipment is replaced by General Director of

Hydraulic and Electric resources.

Public Water Establishments are replaced by Public Water and Waste Water Establishments

PWWEs.

BMLWE is also experienced in handling expropriations for public works, but as its in-house legal services

are limited, the practice is to hire an outside expert to handle all expropriations files and liaise with the

authorities.

Below are some related decrees that govern the BMLWWE:

Decree 8122 (3/7/2002): organizes the implementation of the Law 221.

Decree 14596 (14/6/2002): sets the internal organization of the BMLWWE.

Decree 14597 (14/6/2005): sets the investment organization of the BMLWWE.

Decree 14637 (16/6/2005): sets the financial organization of the BMLWWE.

Decree 14877 (1/6/2005): sets the employment organization of the BMLWEE.

2.2.10 Litani River Authority

The Litani River Authority was established in 1954 for the purpose of executing the Litani River project

developed by the Government within its general framework for water planning in order to provide for

irrigation, drainage, drinking water and electricity.

The Litani River Authority has been created by the Law issued on August 14th 1954. Its duties and

competencies are, as per the previous law, as follows:

The execution of the Litani project for irrigation and drainage, for potable water and electricity

production within the integrated Master Plan for Water in Lebanon and pursuant to the studies

undertaken by the Lebanese Government assisted by the American Technical Commission.

The installation of a network for the electricity plants in Lebanon.

The erection of transformation stations, transmission and distribution lines in the whole Lebanese

regions.

This Authority has the status of moral person and it operates within an administrative and financial

autonomy.

Two days after the implementation of August 14th Law, the first Board of Directors was designated by

the Decree 5997 issued on August 16th 1954. On year later, three new Laws were issued on December

30th 1955 concerning three main issues to consolidate the start up of LRA. The first one, was ratified the

agreement signed on August 25th 1955 to guarantee the loan of the International Bank for

Development and Reconstruction to the LRA. The second one, has given to LRA, the right to exploit all

the parts of the Litani project as well from technical point of view as from financial aspects,




It constitutes an Amendment to the LRA creation Law. The third one has decided the advance of the

Public Treasury to the LRA.

The Litani River Authority is governed by the same laws governing the other Autonomous Water

Authorities, like Law 4517. This Authority is managed by a Board of Directors for three years. The chart

organization of the LRA shows the main executives responsibilities constituted by a general Manager,

four managers handling the administrative, technical, irrigation and hydroelectricity aspects. They are

assisted by 16 departments and 42 bureaus.

2.2.11 Municipalities

A municipality is the level of local government with legal status, financial and administrative

independence, which exercises powers and responsibilities over the territory it is granted by law.

The municipal machinery is made up of a decision-making power (invested in the elected municipal

council) and an executive power (held by the President of the municipality or Mayor himself). The law

grants municipal councils decision making powers and responsibilities relating to all activities of public

interest within the municipal area based on a non-exhaustive list which sets out the relevant areas of

public interest. According to Decree 118/1977, they are responsible for:

Determining municipal taxes or fees;

Developing TORs for services, works and supplies, or for selling municipal properties;

Accepting or rejecting funds and donations;

General programs of works, cleanliness, health affairs, water and lighting projects, etc.;

Planning, rectifying and enlarging roads, creating parks and public places;

Formulating designs for the town and the master plan in cooperation with the Directorate

General of Urban Planning (DGUP);

Creating parks, courts, museums, hospitals, libraries, sewerage networks, and waste disposal

options, etc.;

Organizing transportation and specifying prices; and

Approving permit applications for the exploitation of classified shops, restaurants, resorts, cafes,

hotels, and all kinds of tourist and leisure facilities.

The Table ‎2-2 below refers to the list of municipalities influenced either directly or indirectly by the

project

Table ‎2-2 List of Municipalities

MUNICIPALITY NAME AREAS COVERED BY THE MUNICIPALITY

Joun from Abu Abes river till Deir Mkhales

Sarouniye

Mazraat El Barghoutiye

Ouardaniye Ouardaniye

Sibline Sibline

Barja Barja




MUNICIPALITY NAME AREAS COVERED BY THE MUNICIPALITY

Ain EL Asad

Baasir Baasir

Haret Baasir

Debshe

Marj Barja

Debbiye Debbiye

Haliyouni

Aaqline

Dahr Aaqline

Mazraat Er Razaniye

Dahr El Mghara Dahr El Mghara

El Mechref Mechref

El Damour Damour

Saadiyat

El Naame Naameh

Haret El Naame

Dawhet el Hoss

Hadath Hadath

Hazmieh Hazmieh

Choueifet Choueifet

Khalde

Aamrousiye

Qobbe

Kfarshima Kfarshima

Bsaba Bsaba

Aaramoun Aaramoun

Wadi Chahrour Wadi Chahrour

Bsous Bsous

Bdedoun Bdedoun

Baabda Baabda

Fiyadiyeh

Louaize

Yarze

Chiah Chiah

Borj El Barajne Borj EL Barajne

Haret Hreik Haret Hreik




Table ‎2-3 Summary of institution’s main responsibilities

2.3 LEBANESE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS

2.3.1 Overview of the Legal Framework in Lebanon

The Lebanese Constitution represents the strongest legislative text in Lebanon and when in

contradiction with the Constitution, a proposed legislation(s) cannot be issued. International

treaties/agreements ratified by Lebanon have the second priority in the Lebanese legislative

framework. Table ‎2-4 describes the legal structure in Lebanon

Table ‎2-4 Legal Pyramid

TYPE OF LEGISLATION DESCRIPTION

Laws

Laws are passed by the Lebanese Parliament. The Council of Ministers or deputies

propose a project of law that is discussed by the appropriate parliamentary

committees prior to being promulgated in a plenary parliamentary session.

Environmental legislations are generally reviewed and assessed by the Parliamentary

committees dealing with Agriculture, Tourism, Environment, and Municipalities as well

as Public Works, Transportation, Electric and Hydraulic Resources and Planning and

INSTITUTION

WATER

RESOURCES

UR

BA

N

PLA

NN

ING

/ ZO

NIN

G

STA

ND

AR

DS A

ND

LEG

ISLA

TIO

N

EN

FO

RC

EM

EN

T

MA

RIN

E

EN

VIR

ON

MEN

T

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

PR

OTE

CTI

ON

OF

NA

TUR

AL

RESO

UR

CES

WA

STE

WA

TER

DIS

CH

AR

GE

SO

LID

WA

STE

MA

NA

GEM

EN

T

ISSU

ING

PER

MIT

S

INFR

ASTR

UC

TUR

E

QU

ALI

TY &

SA

NIT

ATI

ON

DIS

TRIB

UTI

ON

&SU

PP

LY

Council for Development and

Reconstruction

Beirut and Mount Lebanon

Water and Wastewater

Establishment

Ministry of Energy and Water

Ministry of Environment

Ministry of Public Works and

Transport

Ministry of Public Health

Municipalities




TYPE OF LEGISLATION DESCRIPTION

Development.

Decree Laws

In exceptional cases (like absence of the Parliament or non respect of constitutional

delays), the President of the Republic can pass these decree laws which have the

same legal standing and powers as laws.

Decrees

The Council of Ministers issues decrees that are usually proposed by a certain ministry.

The Council of State is consulted before the issuance of a decree to ensure that the

latter does not contravene existing laws..

Resolutions/Decisions Ministers issue resolutions without the pre-approval of the Council of Ministers but after

consulting the Council of State to ensure the integrity with existing laws.

2.3.2 Synopsis of the Legislative Framework for Environmental Protection

. To date, the current Lebanese environmental regulations are generally scarce with some dating back

several decades. Table ‎2-5 presents an overview of the main environmental legislations found in

Lebanon dealing with the management of water resources, solid waste and wastewater as well as air

quality and pollution control; these legislations are listed in reverse chronological order.

Table ‎2-5 Summary of Legislations

YEAR LAW / DECREE RELEVANT PROVISIONS

2002 Decision 5/1 Review of “Initial Environmental Examination" report

2002 Decision 6/1 Review of Scoping report and Environmental Impact Assessment report

2002 Law 444 Environment Protection Law

2002 Law 432 Accession to the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic

Pollutants.

2002 Decree 8018

Sets procedures and guidelines for the establishment and operation of

industrial institutions/facilities. It provides for example the distance

requirements from water resources which vary according to industry

classification (Class I, II, III, VI, and V).

2001 Decision 5/1 Environmental Guidelines for the Establishment and/or Operation of

Stations Distributing Liquid Petroleum Products.

2001 Law 341 Reducing air pollution resulting from the transportation sector and

encouraging the use of a „greener’ less polluting fuel.

2001 Law 377

Changed the Ministry of Hydraulic and Electric Resources (MHER) into

the Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) and named the regional

water authorities as Water and Wastewater Establishments located in

Beirut, Bekaa, North Lebanon and South Lebanon.

2000 Draft EIA Decree

This Draft EIA decree is under the Framework of Environmental Law. It

stipulates the EIA procedures and regulations related to all

development projects that have a potential impact on the




YEAR LAW / DECREE RELEVANT PROVISIONS

environment.

2000 Law 241 Reducing the number of Water Establishments to 4.

2000 Law 221

This Law organizes the Water Sector by regrouping 22 Water Offices

and 216 Committees in 5 regional Water Authorities. Article 1 of this

Law states that the protection and development of water as a natural

resource, within the framework of environmental and ecosystem

protection, is a crucial public service.

1997 Law 623 Implementing penalties for vandalism and theft acts onwater,

telephone and electricity infrastructures.

1997 Decision 71/1 Management of Waste Imports.

1996 Decision 52/1 Specifying the National Standards for Environmental Quality and the

Environmental Limit Values for Air and Water.

1996 Decision 40/1 Amendment of decision 22/1

1995 Decision 22/1 Enforcement of Environmental Standards for Industries.

1994 Law 387 Accession to the Basel Convention concerning the control of the trans-

boundary movement of hazardous waste and their disposal.

1991 Law 58 Expropriation law which was modified later on by the Law enacted on

12/08/2006

1988 Law 64/88 Protection against hazardous wastes that could harm air, water,

biodiversity, soil, and people.

1972 Decision 67 Methodology for bacteriological analysis of water.

1966 Law 68/66 Protection against oil spill discharge from ships into the sea.

1933 Decree 2761 Guidelines related to Wastewater Management and Disposal

1932 Decree law 16 L

It mandates the establishment of buffer zones for the protection of all

surface and groundwater resources from any type of activity/potential

source of pollution. Requirements for buffering are found in Decision

320/26.

2.3.3 EIA Draft Decree and Project Relevance to Environmental Protection Law

The Project is governed by Lebanon‟s main Environmental Framework Law (Law 444/2002 on

Environmental Protection). The Project aims at supplying Greater Beirut with 250m3/d of water in order

to compensate the existing deficit and secure sustainable source of water for at least the five coming

years. Law 444 lists the different environmental receptors and resources as follows:

- Physical Environment (Ambient Air Quality & Noise);

- Soil Quality;

- Coastal Environment;

- Marine Biodiversity (fauna & flora); and




- Public Community (Project affected communities)

A draft EIA decree was issued in 2000 which abides by specifications and standard criteria for

environmental standards and requirements and sets principles and measures necessary to assess the

environmental impact of development projects (refer to Environmental Protection Law No. 444/ 2002).

The draft EIA decree comprises sixty-eight articles that address the objectives of the regulation,

definitions, as well as various stages of the national EIA l process such as screening, scoping,

implementation, and review of the EIA report, in addition to the period of validity, and the appeal

process. The EIA draft decree also lists all the activities for which EIA or permit conditions are

mandatory, and those that require an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) (refer to Appendices 1, 2

and 3 of draft EIA decree). Being of water nature, related to supply of potable water through

construction of tunnels, a treatment plant and water reservoirs, the project hence requires an EIA study.

The EIA process is illustrated in a schematic diagram in Appendix 9 of the Draft EIA Decree.

2.3.4 Relevant National Environmental Standards

There are two main legislative texts that set the environmental standards for Lebanon as shown in

Table ‎2-6 below.

Table ‎2-6 Main environmental standards in Lebanon

RELEVANT STANDARDS

Ministerial Decision No. 8/1,

MoE

30/1/2001

Updates/replaces Decision 52/1 by developing National

Standards for Environmental Quality (NSEQ) related to air

pollutants and liquid waste emitted from classified establishment

and wastewater treatment plants

Ministerial Decision No.

52/1, MoE

29/7/1996 Environmental Quality Standards & Criteria for Air, Water and Soil

These decisions have assigned the particulate inorganic pollutants, gaseous inorganic pollutants and

cancer causing pollutants into groups; as presented in Table ‎2-7 below.

Table ‎2-7 Pollutants Classification

PARTICULATE INORGANIC POLLUTANTS

Group I Group II Group III Group IV

Cd, Hg, TI As, Co, Ni, Se, Te Sb, Pb, Cr, CN, F, Cu, Mn,

Pt, Pd, Rh, V, Sn -

GASEOUS INORGANIC POLLUTANTS


AsH3, ClCN, COCl2, HP HBr, Cl2, HCN, HF, H2S HCl not mentioned at

Group I SOX, NOX

CANCER CAUSING POLLUTANTS





Asbestos, Benzo(a)pyren,

Beryllium and its

breathable compounds

calculated as Be,

Dibenz(a,h) anthracen, 2-

Napthylamin

Arsenic Oxides, several

Chrome (VI) and Chrome

(III). Combinations

calculated as Cr, Cobalt,

Nickel and its breathable

compounds calculated

as Co/ Ni, 3,3‟-

Dichlorbenzeden,

Dimethylsulphate

Ethylenimin

Acrylnitril, Benzene, 1,3-

Butadien, 1-Chlor-2,3-

epoxypropan

(Epychlorhydrin), 1,2-

Dibromethane, 1,2-

Epoxypropane,

Ethyleneoxide, Hydrazine,

Vynilchloride

-

These decisions have also set the specifications and standards for various pollutants as described

below:

Ambient Air Quality Standards Table ‎2-8 below presents the maximum allowable limits for air emissions

as set in Decision 8/1.

Table ‎2-8 Emission Limits

PARAMETER EMISSION LIMIT VALUE REMARK

Dust 200 mg/m3 (for new facilities)

500 mg/m3 (for existing facilities)

Not containing hazardous

compounds

Particulate Inorganic Pollutants

Group I 1 mg/m3 Mass flow > 5g/h

Group II 10 mg/m3 Mass flow > 25g/h

Group III 30 mg/m3 Mass flow > 50g/h

Gaseous Inorganic Pollutants

Group I 1 Mass flow > 50g/h

Group II 5 Mass flow > 300g/h

Group III 30 Mass flow > 1,000g/h

Group IV 500 Mass flow > 10,000g/h

Gaseous Organic Pollutants

Group I 20 Mass flow > 500g/h

Group II 100 Mass flow > 4,000g/h

Group III 200 Mass flow > 6,000g/h

Cancer Causing Pollutants

Group I 0.2 Mass flow > 5g/h

Group II 2 Mass flow > 10g/h

Group III 10 Mass flow > 50g/h




Water pollutants:

Standards of pollutants being discharged into water bodies were set in Decision 52/1 and updated in

Decision 8/1, as described in Table ‎2-9.

Table ‎2-9 Water pollutants

SUBSTANCE

LIMITS FOR WATERBODIES

SEWERAGE SYSTEM SURFACE WATER SEA

Color none none none

pH 6-9 6-9 6-9

Temperature 35ºC 30 ºC 35ºC

BOD (5 day, 20ºC) 125 mg/l 25 mg/l 25 mg/l

COD (dichromate) 500 mg/l 125 mg/l 125 mg/l

Total Phosphorus 10 mg/l 10 mg/l 10 mg/l

Total Nitrogen1 60 mg/l 30 mg/l 30 mg/l

Suspended solids 600 mg/l 60 mg/l 60 mg/l

AOX 5 5 5

Detergents - 3 mg/l 3 mg/l

Coliform Bacteria 370 C in 100

ml2

- 2,000 2,000

Salmoellae Absence Absence Absence

Hydrocarbons 20 mg/l 20 mg/l 20 mg/l

Phenol Index 5 mg/l 0.3 mg/l 0.3 mg/l

Oil and grease 50 mg/l 30 mg/l 30 mg/l

Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 750 mg/l 75 mg/l 75 mg/l

Ammonia (NH4+) - 10 mg/l 10 mg/l

Silver (Ag) 0.1 mg/l 0.1mg/l 0.1 mg/l

Aluminium (Al ) 10 mg/l 10 mg/l 10 mg/l

Arsenic (As) 0.1 mg/l 0.1 mg/l 0.1 mg/l

Barium (Ba) 2 mg/l 2 mg/l 2 mg/l

Cadmium (Cd) 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l

Cobalt (Co) 1 mg/l 0.5 mg/l 0.5 mg/l

Chromium total (Cr) 2 mg/l 2 mg/l 2 mg/l

Hexavalent Chromium (Cr VI+) 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l 0.2 mg/l

Copper total (Cu) 1 mg/l 0.5 mg/l 1.5 mg/l

Iron total (Fe) 5 mg/l 5 mg/l 5 mg/l

Mercury total (Hg) 0.05 mg/l 0.05 mg/l 0.05 mg/l

Manganese (Mn) 1 mg/l 1 mg/l 1 mg/l

1 Sum of Kjeldahl-N(organic N + NH3),NO3-N, NO2-N




SUBSTANCE

LIMITS FOR WATERBODIES

SEWERAGE SYSTEM SURFACE WATER SEA

Nickel total (Ni) 2 mg/l 0.5 mg/l 0.5 mg/l

Lead total (Pb) 1 mg/l 0.5 mg/l 0.5 mg/l

Antimony (Sb) 0.3mg/l 0.3mg/l 0.3mg/l

Tin total (Sn) 2 mg/l 2 mg/l 2 mg/l

Zinc total (Zn) 10 mg/l 5 mg/l 5 mg/l

Active (Cl2) - 1 mg/l 1 mg/l

Cyanides (CN- ) 1 mg/l 0.1mg/l 0.1mg/l

Fluorides (F) 15 mg/l 25 mg/l 25 mg/l

Nitrate (NO3-) - 90 mg/l 90 mg/l

Phosphate (PO43-) - 5 mg/l 5 mg/l

Sulphate (SO42-) 1,000 mg/l 1,000 mg/l 1,000 mg/l

Sulphide (S2-) 1 mg/l 1 mg/l 1 mg/l

Noise Levels

Table ‎2-10 and Table ‎2-11 present respectively the noise levels and the occupational Noise Exposure

standards allowed for and set in Decision 52/1.

Table ‎2-10 Maximum Allowable Noise Levels

REGION TYPE

LIMIT FOR NOISE LEVEL DB(A)

DAY TIME

(7 A.M.- 6 P.M.)

EVENING TIME

(6 P.M.- 10 P.M.)

NIGHT TIME

(10 P.M.- 7A.M.)

Residential areas having some construction sites

or commercial activities or that are located

near a road

50-60 45-55 40-50

Urban residential areas 45-55 40-50 35-45

Industrial areas 60-70 55-65 50-60

Rural residential areas 35 – 45 30 – 40 25 – 35

Table ‎2-11 Permissible Noise Exposure Standards

DURATION PER DAY (HRS) SOUND LEVEL DB(A)

8 85

4 88

2 91

1 94

½ 97

¼ 100




2.3.5 Expropriation Law and Procedures

The Lebanese constitution guards and protects the right of private property including landed property

and the rights attaching to it. The law stipulates that no citizen can be deprived of the enjoyment and

use of private property except when the property is being expropriated by a Ministerial decree.

The exercise of eminent domain for expropriating private property for public interest is governed by Law

No. 58 dated 29/05/1991 which was modified by the Law enacted on 12/08/2006

This law is extensive and governs many cases. The state may only expropriate these rights when the

purpose for which expropriation is taking place is legally deemed to be in the public interest;

furthermore this must be made against payment of a prior and equitable compensation (indemnité

equitable). All compensation is by monetary award through independent judicial assessment. Where

there is an appeal, at least half the compensation is paid in advance, but the process of expropriation

cannot be halted unless the validity of the public interest decree itself is challenged.

The procedure for expropriation is described in the sections which follow, and illustrated

diagrammatically in Figure ‎2-1

In the case of Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Project, expropriation follows normal Lebanese practice.

Under the provision for expropriation of land in the public interest, The Council for Development and

Reconstruction prepares a draft expropriation decree or alignment decree for signature – after the

approval of the Council of Ministers - by the Minister of Transportation, the Prime Minister and the

President. Annexed to the decree are the following documents:

A sketch of the entire proposed project A detailed plan of the land that will be

expropriated

A list showing the registration number of each property, its location, the property limits and

the names of all the owners and right holders according to the Land Registry.

A detailed list of the content of the land to be expropriated including plans of buildings

constructed before the date of publication of the decree in the Official Gazette.

After publication of the decree, these documents are available for consultation by the interested

parties who can even obtain copies of them by the concerned Governmental bodies.

With the publication of a decree, the affected properties are under servitude. They may be bought

and sold, and buildings may be maintained, but no improvements may be made until the

expropriation process has been completed. Properties are not held to have been expropriated until

the decision of the expropriation commission is handed down, which decision is communicated to the

Lands registry and entered on the property titles and the cadastral map.

On the basis of a plan, an expropriation decree may cover any portion of land or a building. It is up to

the owner to request that the full property (land or building) be expropriated, on the grounds that the

non-expropriated remainder of the land would have lost its value. This may be done, for example,

when the expropriation of part of a building renders the remainder unusable; or when the expropriation

of a lot leaves a remainder too small to qualify for a building permit, and the owner does not have an

adjacent plot to which it can be joined.




Prepare an Expropriation Plan

Cadastral map

Transcript of land registry of each affected

plot

Limits of proposed project

Affected plots

Expropriation Decree signed by

concerned Minister

President of Council of Ministers

President of the Republic

Expropriation Decree

published in the Official Gazette

Prepare detailed plans of buildings

affected by expropriation

Concerned parties are informed that they

can cash indemnities due to them

Take-Over decision is notified to the

Cadastral Administration

Take-Over is executed within 15 days of

date of Notification for Vacant Land and

within 30 days for Land and Building (*)

Decree transmitted to an

Expropriation Committee

composed of: a judge + an

engineer + an assessor

Expropriation Committee invites

owners to a first meeting

First Expropriation Meeting

Owners are asked to report all who

have rights. Owners are asked

whether they prefer full or partial

expropriation of their property

Second Expropriation Meeting

Owners to present rent and other

contracts with supporting electricity

and water bills dated prior to

expropriation decree

The Committee meets to decide the amount of indemnity broken

down: land + buildings + trees

The Expropriation Committee issues an "assessment report" which

decides the amount to be paid to each owner or renter . Decision is

notified to the Expropriating Administration and to owners and

renters. All parties have the right to appeal within 30 days from their

notification date.

Deposit Decision and deposit of

indemnification monies in an

escrow account

Take-Over Decision signed by

Director General Head of

Department of Expropriating

Administration

Indemnities are paid

100% payment for vacant land if

Admin. has no appeal and take-

over is executed

---

75% if Admin. has no appeal but

take-over is not executed

---

If Admin. appeals, 50% is paid

25% upon appeal decision

25% upon take-over and removing

trees

Balance of Indemnity (extra or less)

will be paid according to Appeal

Decision

Field Inspection

Committee checks the

status of the lot.

During inspection the

presence of renters and

occupants

(legal, illegal, and

squatters),

is checked

A renter must present his

contract and documents,

to support his claim

if the owner failed to report

him

Appeals are presented to

the Expropriation Appeal

Committee.

Owner must appoint a

Lawyer and pays a

lumpsum fee of LL35,000.

No time limit to reach an

Appeal Decision

Appeal Decision

No Time Limit

(may take 6 - 8 months)

(*) Ministry of Defense can take-over before

payment of indemnities

EXPROPRIATION PROCEDURES FLOW CHART

Figure ‎2-1 Expropriation Procedures




2.4 INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS AND TREATIES

Table ‎2-12 summarizes all relevant international conventions and agreements that are signed or ratified

by Lebanon. They include provisions relevant to the proposed project operations and waste

management practices.

Table ‎2-12 Ratified or Signed International Agreements

AGREEMENT OBJECTIVE RELEVANCE TO PROJECT

Basel Convention on the Control of

Transboundary Movements of

Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal-

1989

Ratified by Lebanon in 1994

To control the transportation of

dangerous non-radiant materials

and their disposal across the border

Regulates the transfer of

potentially hazardous wastes

across national boundaries

Medical and industrial waste

Hazardous Demolition waste

Convention to Combat Desertification

- 1994


To combat desertification Control land clearance and

project footprint size

Vienna Convention for the Protection

of the Ozone Layer – 1985

Montreal protocol on ozone-depleting

substances - 1987


To protect human health and the

environment from any activity that

modifies the ozone layer

Adopt measures to control human

activities found to have adverse

impact on the ozone layer

Regulates the use of ODS

(ozone depleting substances)

Reconstruction activities

International Labour Convention No.

139, 120 and 136

Lebanon has ratified 50 International

Labor Conventions (48 actually in

force)

To prevent vocational risks ensuing

from cancer causing materials and

tools

Deals with sanitation in offices

To protect workers against the risks of

intoxication ensuing from benzene

Protects workers health and

ensures proper sanitation and

hygiene for base camps, work

environment and offices

Reconstruction activities

Barcelona Convention:

Protocol for the Protection of the

Mediterranean Sea against Pollution

from Land-based Sources-1980

Signature in 1980 and accession in

1994

To ensure protection of the

Mediterranean Sea and aquatic

species from effluent discharges

(solid/liquid waste)

To protect the coastal area

from landfills and uncontrolled

dumping practices in the Study

Area resulting in leachate

generation and run-off which

pose a threat to the existing

water resources.

Disposal of wastewater in the

Mediterranean sea

Protocol Concerning Co-operation in

Combating Pollution of the

Mediterranean Sea by Oil and Other

Harmful Substances in Cases of

Emergency-1976


Convention for the Protection of the

Mediterranean Sea against Pollution-

1976


Convention on the Prevention of

Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes

and Other Matter-1972

Signed by Lebanon in 1973




2.4.1 Relevant International Guidelines and Standards

Table ‎2-13 below summarizes some of the WB/IFC safeguard policies that are applicable to the project.

Table ‎2-13 WB/IFC safeguard policies that are applicable to the project

OPERATIONAL POLICY /

DIRECTIVE KEY FEATURES APPROVAL DATE

OP/BP 4.01

Environmental Assessment

Trigger: Any project with potential environmental and

social impacts

• Potential environmental consequences of project

identified early in project cycle – projects categorized as

A (significant impacts); B (limited impacts); C (no

impacts); FI (Financial Intermediary)

• Environmental Assessments (EAs) and mitigation plans

are required for projects with significant environmental

impacts or involuntary resettlement

• EAs should include analysis of alternative designs and

sites or consideration of “no option”

• Requires public consultation with and information

disclosure to affected communities and NGOs before

World Bank Board approval; at least two public

consultations with affected communities are required for

category A projects

Required document: Environmental Assessment(EA) for

category A and B projects

January 1999

OP 4.04

Natural Habitats

Trigger: Potential to cause significant loss or degradation

of natural habitat

• Prohibits financing of projects involving “significant

conversion of natural habitats unless there are no feasible

alternatives

• Requires environmental cost/benefit analysis

• Requires EA with mitigation measures

Required document: issues and mitigation measures

included in EA

June 2001

OP 4.36

Forestry

Trigger: projects that impact the health and quality of

forests; projects that affect the rights and welfare of

people dependent upon forests; projects that change

the management and use of forests

• Discourages financing of projects that significantly

convert natural habitats and critical forest areas unless

there are no feasible alternatives

• Projects cannot contravene international

environmental agreements and conventions

• For industrial-scale commercial harvesting, the

harvesters must be certified by a third party as meeting

standards of responsible forest management or agree to

a time-bound phased action plan that can meet such

standards

• Local people must be involved in developing standards

for certification

• Prohibits financing for commercial logging operations

or acquisition of equipment for use in primary moist

tropical forests

Required documents: forestry issues included in EA, time-

bound action plans included in Project Appraisal

Document (PAD)

November 2002




OPERATIONAL POLICY /

DIRECTIVE KEY FEATURES APPROVAL DATE

OP 4.12

Involuntary Resettlement

Trigger: Involuntary land acquisition resulting in relocation

or loss of shelter, loss of assets, or loss of livelihood;

restrictions on access to parks or protected areas that

result in adverse impacts on people

Compensates people for lost land and lost

livelihoods

Requires public participation in resettlement

planning

Requires disclosure of resettlement plan in a

form and language accessible to affected

people

Intended to restore or improve income-earning

capacity of displaced people

Required documents: Resettlement Plan

December 2001


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT PROJECT DESCRIPTION


3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.1 PROJECT COMPONENTS

The Project is divided into two main components:

I. The Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor

II. Improvement and rehabilitation of the water distribution network in Beirut and its

suburbs

The first component includes conveying of water from Joun to Khalde via an underground tunnel

where it would be then piped through conventional means (piping through road service corridors) to

two storage reservoirs in Hadath and then to a third reservoir in Hazmieh. The Awali-Beirut Water

Conveyor sub-components are summarized in Table ‎3-1 and their geographical locations are illustrated

in Figure ‎3-1.




Table ‎3-1. The Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Sub-Components

SUB-COMPONENT DESCRIPTION TOPOGRAPHIC MAP

(APPENDIX A)

LOCATION

DRAWING

(APPENDIX B)

SATELLITE

IMAGES &

SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

(APPENDIX C)

Joun Regulation Structure Set into the hillside by the existing adit access from the Joun

tunnel to the hydro-electric power plant.

FigureA1 Figure B1 Figure C1

Joun to Ouardaniye Tunnel Running underground throughout its length of 4.1 Km with

2,800 mm internal diameter.

FigureA1 N/A N/A

Wadi Abou Yabes washout Washout structure in reinforced concrete discharging 900

mm diameter pipe from Joun-Ouardaniye tunnel to Wadi

Abou Yabes including new access road. Option for future

local supply of raw water


Ouardaniye Water

Treatment Works

Ouardaniye WTW with inlet and outlet portal with improved

access road. Option for future local supply of treated water.

600 mm diameter emergency discharge. 600mm diameter

storm water outfall


Ouardaniye to Khalde

tunnel

Running underground throughout its length of 19.7 km. 2,800

mm internal diameter.

FigureA1

Figure A2

Figure A3

N/A N/A

Nahr Damour Inverted

Siphon

River crossing by inverted siphon in 2,800 mm internal

diameter tunnel. Horizontal length 1140 m; north and south

vertical shafts of 116m and 136 m respectively. Washout

structure in reinforced concrete discharging 700mm

diameter pipe into Nahr Damour (with dechlorination facility

Figure A2 Figure B4 Figure C4

Figure C5

Figure C6





(APPENDIX A)

LOCATION

DRAWING

(APPENDIX B)

SATELLITE

IMAGES &

SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

(APPENDIX C)

for use during washout operation). Option for future local

supply of treated water.

Khalde surge shaft 2,800 mm diameter shaft in reinforced concrete with surface

venting structure 7 m diameter in reinforced concrete,

including improved access road.


Khalde Outlet portal Ouardaniye-Khalde tunnel termination structure in reinforced

concrete and upgraded access road.

FigureA3 N/A N/A

Khalde Flow measurement

and sampling chamber

Chamber (15m x9m x 6m deep), reinforced concreted,

contains isolating/regulating valves, flow meter and has

small surface kiosk.

FigureA3 N/A Figure C8

Pipeline form Khalde portal

to Khalde distribution

chamber

1.9km long, twin 1,400mm diameter pipelines in ductile iron.

Immediately downstream of the flow measurement and

sampling chamber will be velocity limiting valves which will

close in the event of failure of the downstream pipelines.

FigureA3

N/A N/A

Khalde distribution

chamber

Distribution chamber (22m, 9m, 4.5m deep) in reinforced

concrete, contains isolating and regulating valves and has

small surface kiosk. Option for future additional local supply

of treated water. Washout to local stream.


Pipeline from Khalde

distribution chamber to

Hadath 90 and 125

reservoirs

7.5km long, 700 mm diameter pipeline in ductile iron (air

valves and washouts to local streams). Connections to 90

and 125 reservoirs and for future local supply of 300mm and

500mm diameter pipelines for Kfarshima and Quobe

FigureA3

Figure A4

N/A N/A





(APPENDIX A)

LOCATION

DRAWING

(APPENDIX B)

SATELLITE

IMAGES &

SITE PHOTOGRAPHS

(APPENDIX C)

respectively

Hadath 125 reservoir Storage reservoir at elevation of 125 m, two compartments,

effective volume 30,000 m3 in reinforced concrete with

isolating valves and small surface kiosk, including access

road. Connection to local distribution system.


Hadath 90 reservoir Storage reservoir at elevation of 90m, two compartments,





Pipeline from Hadath

reservoirs to Hazmieh

reservoir

2.7 km long twin 1,300 diameter pipelines in ductile iron, with

option for further extension for supply of treated water to

Beirut.

Figure A4 N/A N/A

Hazmieh 90 reservoir Storage reservoir at elevation of 90m, two compartments,








Figure ‎3-1 Geographic location of project components




Component 2 will comprise the following:

The construction of 16 reservoirs (between 500 m3 and 1000 m3 storage capacity each) and

associated pumping stations distributed across the various distribution zones in the project

area;

The replacement and/or installation of approximately 187 km of distribution network across the

project area in Ein El Delbi, Southern Beirut and parts of the Metn area;

Installation of 200,000 household meters in portions of the project area to be selected by the

GBMLWWE and to operate on a volumetric tariff basis;

Installation of bulk meters at the reservoirs and distribution chambers;

Table ‎3-2 and Table ‎3-3 show characteristics of the above mentioned reservoirs and pumping

stations along with areas they serve. This information is to be confirmed in final stages of the

design of the second component.

Table ‎3-2. Description of Reservoirs

SERVED ZONE RESERVOIR NAME CAPACITY

(M3)

ELEVATION

(M)

Naame - Dmaour

Damour 500 125

Naame Nord Bas 500 100

Naame Nord Haut 500 200

Khalde - Aaramoun

Aaramoun Sud Bas 500 100

Aaramoun Sud Haut 500 220

Khalde Bas 500 120

Khalde Haut 500 250

Choueifet

Qobbe Bas 500 100

Qobbe Haut 500 220

Oumara 500 260

Choueifet Bas 1000 125

Kfarshima

Kfarshima Bas 1000 80

Kfarshima Haut 1000 200

Bsaba 500 340

Hadath Haut Hazmieh Hadath 2000 190

Hazmieh

Baabda Bas Baabda 2000 290

Fiyadiyeh Bas

Table ‎3-3. Description of Pumping Stations




NAME Q(M3/D) Q(M3/H) HMT(M) POWER (HP) POWER (KW)

Naame Nord Bas 1500 63 110 39 29

Aaramoun Sud Bas 1500 63 130 46 34

Khalde Bas 1500 63 140 49 37

Qobbe Bas 1500 63 140 49 37

Choueifet Bas 4000 167 160 148 111

Kfarshima Bas 4000 167 140 130 97

Kfarshima Haut 1000 42 150 35 26

Hazmieh 24000 1000 65 361 271

Hazmieh Hadath 7000 292 110 178 134

A map illustrating the various Distribution zones and Reservoir locations is attached to Appendix M.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS

The construction methodology is based on that of the feasibility study. Expected periods of construction

and the nature and quantities of excavated material to be produced are provided in Table ‎3-3 for

each sub-component. Technical precautionary measures will be taken for all structures to meet seismic

construction specifications. Construction phase is expected to be completed within three years.

3.2.1 Tunnels

The expected rock type to be encountered while drilling the tunnel is strong, permeable limestone. This

rock type should be self-supporting after the tunneling works. The groundwater table lies well below the

tunnel level and is not expected to cause any significant problem during construction. At valley

crossings, such as the Nahr Damour crossing whereby alluvial deposits will be encountered the tunnel

construction will be lined and impermeable.

The tunneling will be carried out mainly using a tunnel boring machine (TBM). New or improved access

roads will be required for the equipment to reach the tunnel portals. The TBM will be deployed at the

following sections:

- From Ourdaniye WTW to Joun regulation structure

- From Ourdaniye WTW to Nahr Damour; and

- From Khalde to Nahr Damour




The “cut and cover” excavation method will be used at the Nahr Damour inverted siphon rather than

the TBM. A substantial cofferdam is likely to be required to cross the river. Environmental implications of

the cofferdam will have to be examined and addressed once the final design is completed.

The vertical shaft of the inverted siphon will be formed by “raise boring”. A hole will be drilled from the

surface and raise boring machine assembled in the bottom of the low level tunnel. This will be gradually

raised to the upper level tunnel. Spoil will be discharged at a low level, i.e. at the base of Nahr Damour

Valley. The tunnels will be formed with in-situ reinforced concrete lining with an external impermeable

membrane to reduce leakage and, in some cases, the addition of a steel liner. A schematic hydraulic

profile and cross-sections along the tunnel are given in Figure ‎3-2, Figure ‎3-3 and Figure ‎3-4,

respectively.




Figure ‎3-2 Hydraulic Profile




Table ‎3-4 Estimated Spoil Generation

SOURCE SPOIL MATERIAL QUANTITY PROPOSED PERIOD OF GENERATION RATE OF GENERATION

METHOD OF EXCAVATION DESCRIPTION OF SPOIL FROM

MONTH

TO

MONTH

TOTAL

MONTHS IN AVERAGE

MONTH

IN MAXIMUM

MONTH

tonnes no. no. no. t/month m3/month

Joun Regulation

Structure Drill and Blast Limestone and dolomite rock

650

1 4 4 160 -

Ouardaniye Inlet

Portal-Tunneling Tunnel Boring Machine Limestone and dolomite rock 169,000 1 17.5 17.5 9,600 **

Drill and Blast Limestone and dolomite rock 480 1 1 1 180 -

Ouardaniye WTW Open Cut Limestone and dolomite rock 557,500 1 12 12 - -

Fill Suitable tunnel spoil (326,000) 15 27 12 - -

Ouardaniye Outlet

Portal-Tunneling Tunnel Boring Machine Limestone and dolomite rock 241,500 1 25 25 9600 **


Nahr Damour Excavation of River Crossing- Cut

and Cover

Alluvium 1,410 1 18 12* 120 -

Drill and Blast Alluvium and Limestone and

dolomite rock

33,500 19 41.5 22.5* 1,500 -

Khalde Outlet Portal Tunnel Boring Machine Limestone and dolomite rock 189,000 1 19 19 9,900 **


Pipeline - Khalde

Outlet Portal to

hadath Reservoirs

Surface excavation, drill and

blast ***

Limestone and residual clays 325,000 to be defined - -

Hadath 90 Reservoir


blast ***


Hadath 125 Reservoir


blast ***


Pipeline - Hadath

Reservoirs to Hazmieh

90 Reservoir


blast ***


Hazmieh 90 Reservoir


blast ***


Pipeline - Khalde to

Tellet el Khayat

Reservoir


blast ***


TOTAL 1,609,800

* working only October to April ** to be identified from contractor's methodology

*** all excavated material will be removed from site due to limited working area




Figure ‎3-3 Cross-Section Joun-Ouardaniye Tunnel




Figure ‎3-4 Cross-Section Ouardaniye-Khalde Tunnel




3.2.2 Ouardaniye WTW

The proposed site of the Ouardaniye WTW is characterized by moderate slopes and easy access.

However, access roads will require some improvements before start of construction. The site will be

excavated up to 12m deep in rock by means of drilling and blasting. A suitable site will be required for

disposal of the excavated material from the WTW and the tunnels. Some could be crushed and used as

backfill material on site of the Ouardaniye WTW.

The buildings and structures associated with the WTW will be designed in a manner which reflects the

nature and exposure of the site and its location and takes into account local aesthetics and building

practices. Since the process structures will all be in reinforced concrete, this material will also be used

for the associated building to provide low maintenance, functional facilities.

The WTW site will be landscaped in a manner appropriate to the fairly harsh environment, with low

maintenance planting. The perimeter of the WTW will be marked with a suitable security fence, with

entry controlled at a gatehouse built into fencing. Site lighting will be provided by high pressure sodium

floodlights over process units, working areas and roads. Perimeter and security lighting will be provided

in accordance with the prevailing local practice of major WTW.

Chemical and storage fuel tanks will be bonded, and suitable precautions adopted for chemical

(especially chlorine gas) storage.

An emergency overflow (600mm diameter) will carry overflow water from the treatment units along the

upgraded access road, discharging into a local stream course below the new coastal highway, and

then ultimately into the sea or into groundwater.

Storm water from the treatment works site will discharge through a 600mm diameter pipe to the north

into Wade Baraz and likewise into the sea or into groundwater.

3.2.3 Pipelines

Excavation for the twin ductile iron pipelines from Khalde Tunnel Portal to the Khalde Flow Distribution

chamber and then on to the Hadath and Hazmieh Reservoirs will be up to 10m wide and 2.5m – 3.0m

deep. However, at road, river, and culvert crossings, deeper excavations may be required, especially

at the Ghadir River crossing. Heavy rippers and rock breakers might be used in areas with strong

limestone to reach formation level. Blasting will be required for excavation through the hill side below

the Hadath reservoir.

Excavation in alluvial and raised beach deposits should not present any significant problems but the

stability of the resulting excavation will depend on the precise groundwater level. Construction of the

twin 1400mm diameter ductile iron pipelines from Khalde to Hadath Reservoir partly along Chouwaifat

road will be through a heavily built up area with significant, but substantially unrecorded underground

services. The same applies to the twin 1300mm diameter ductile iron pipes from Hadath to Hazmieh

Reservoir.

3.2.4 Distribution Chamber and Reservoirs

The Joun Regulation Structure will be constructed in an area of strong limestone rock requiring drilling

and blasting below the layer of alluvial deposits as well as the Wadi Abou Yabes washout.




At the Khalde Distribution Chamber the rock is not expected to be found close to the surface and the

majority of the excavated material is likely to be sand fill with rock fragments. Some drilling and blasting

may be needed at formation level. A 450mm diameter emergency washout pipeline will discharge

from the chamber to an adjacent dry stream bed.

Blasting will be required at the sites of the proposed Hadath and Hazmieh Reservoirs.

3.2.5 Working Areas

Temporary contractors‟ working areas will be required for each of the main project components. These

will have workshops, concrete batching plants, spoil handling facilities, etc., where appropriate. These

areas are expected to be within the expropriated land for construction of the component. However,

some additional working areas may be required. The extent of these will have to be defined at a later

stage after receiving the proposal of the Contractor.

3.2.6 Access Roads

New roads are required to be constructed and some existing road to be improved to allow suitable

access for the construction traffic and in some cases operational vehicles, to a number of the project

components. Table ‎3-5 summarizes the required access roads.

Table ‎3-5 Description of New Access Roads

ACCESS ROAD STATUS LENGTH WIDTH

Joun Regulation Structure Temporary About 1.6 km 8 m

Wadi Abou Yabes Washout Permanent About 2.5 km 8 m

Ouardaniye WTW Permanent About 2 km 10 m

Nahr Damour – South tunnel adit Temporary About 3.5 km 8 m

Nahr Damour – North tunnel adit Temporary To be defined To be defined

Nahr Damour – South ventilation shaft Temporary To be defined To be defined

Nahr Damour – North ventilation shaft Temporary To be defined To be defined

Khalde Portal Temporary About 0.7 km 8 m

Hadath 125 Reservoir Permanent 0.1 km 10 m

Hadath 90 Reservoir Permanent 0.01 km 10 m

Hazmieh 90 Reservoir Permanent 0.01 km 10 m

3.3 OPERATIONAL ASPECTS

3.3.1 Sources of Water

Table 3.6 shows the sources of supply of the proposed project and indicates the range of flows coming

from each throughout the year. However, operation of this project will be greatly influenced by the

operation of the Joun Hydro Electric Power plant (HEP) system and by the season. These factors will also

affect the water quality.

Upstream Joun Lake, the Karaoun Lake collects water from the Litani River impounding a total volume

220 Mm3 of water. Priority of allocation of this water is given to irrigation and drinking purposes. 30 Mm3




are used for irrigation in Tyre, Saida and other southern villages whereas a volume of 40Mm3 is to be

maintained for the Lake. The remaining 150 Mm3 are used for generating hydroelectric power at the

stations shown in Table ‎3-6.

Table ‎3-6 Hydroelectric Power Plant Chracteristics

HEP ELEVATION MAXIMUM DISCHARGE INSTALLED POWER

Markaba 658 m 22 m3/s 34 Mw

Awali 228.5 m 33 m3/s 108 Mw

Joun 32 m 33 m3/s 48 Mw

In the dry season, the main source of water will be the Karaoun Lake. Water will be drawn from the

Karaoun Reservoir (capacity 220 Mm3).

In the wet season, the source may be both the Karaoun Lake and the Awali River. The Awali River is a

mountain stream on the western side of the Mount Lebanon range. Upstream of the Joun Lake and the

Awali HEP, the catchment area is about 300 Km2.

The flow of Awali is seasonal and highly variable, averaging 3.0 m3/s, but varying from 0.1 m3/s in late

summer to 30 m3/s and over during spring runoff.

Some of the flow from Litani and most of the flow from the Awali are combined in Joun Lake (also

known as the Awali compensation basin). This is located immediately downstream of the Awali HEP,

before up to 30 m3/s of flow is passed through the existing Joun tunnel to the Joun HEP. Residual flow

from the Awali River is passed along the natural river channel.




Figure ‎3-5 Schematic Drawing of Water Resources

The existing HEP system is operated as a power peaking system for approximately four hours per day.

During periods of high flow in the Awali River (December to April), the final stage of the system (Joun

HEP) may be operated 24 hours per day. Under these conditions, the maximum flow which can be

diverted to the Awali project may have to be limited to 2.5m3/s for part of the 4 hour peak period of

power generation. Table ‎3-7 summarizes key factors determining source of water.

Table ‎3-7 Key Factors Determining the Source of Water

SEASONAL CONDITION HEP OPERATIONAL

CONDITION

SOURCE DIVERSION

Awali River flow exceeds

3m3/s

Off-peak hours Awali River 3 m3/s

Wet Season Peak hours Litani River 2.5 m3/s

Dry Season (flow < 3m3/s) Litani River 3 m3/s

3.3.2 Joun Regulation Structure

The raw water flow will be self-regulated at the Joun Regulation Structure by means of a level control

valve.




The velocity limiting valves upstream are also designed to close in the event of failure of the level

control valve.

This structure will normally be unmanned. It will be inspected for maintenance every month.

3.3.3 Tunnel and Pipelines

There is a risk of build-up of deposits at the low points in the tunnel system in the Joun – Ouardaniye

inverted siphon and to a much lesser extent in the Nahr Damour inverted siphon. Slight opening of the

washout valves at Wadi Abou Yabes and Nahr Damour every 6 (six) months will be sufficient to scour

out any deposits.

It is recommended that the whole tunnel and pipeline system be emptied every 5 (five) years for an

overall internal inspection. It can be partially drained by allowing the water level to be lowered by

normal usage except for the Joun-Ouardaniye WTW section which would be drained from the 700mm

washout at Wadi Abou Yabes, the 900mm washout at Nahr Damour inverted siphon and a number of

washouts on the Khalde to Hadath/Hazmieh pipelines.

Air valves and 250 – 400mm diameter washouts will be provided at high and low points respectively

along the proposed pipelines from Khalde to Hadath and Hazmieh. Washouts will discharge water to

dry stream beds. Air valves will result in only occasional discharges of air which has come out of solution

or entered the pipeline during maintenance, whilst the washouts will operate only during emergency or

planned maintenance.

The tunnel system will also be inspected in the event of significant seismic activity.

3.3.4 Ouardaniye WTW

The Ouardaniye WTW will be operated by a staff of 25 to 30 persons. It will operate automatically for 16

hours per day, with a shift system of staff covering operation outside normal working hours. The overall

system control will be from a Central Control Room including monitoring and control of raw and

treated water quality. Works throughput will be set daily to satisfy anticipated demand and the water

levels in the Hadath and Hazmieh Reservoirs. In the event of the reservoirs and tunnel being full, the

rising water level at the WTW outlet will be used to control throttling of the inlet flow at Joun.

The treatment plant is designed to have the capacity of treatment of 9m3/s flow of water if additional

water resources are supplied in the future.

Table ‎3-8 and ‎3-9 summarize respectively the inputs and outputs arising during normal operation of the

works and indicate the vehicular movements required. These are subject to modifications after final

stage design.

Table ‎3-8 Ouardaniye WTW –Mean Operational Inputs and Vehicular Movements

OPERATIONAL INPUT MEAN INPUTS/DAY MEAN VEHICULAR MOVEMENTS

REQUIRED

Ferric Chloride (liquid) 6.6 tones 40/month

Cationic Polymer (liquid) 270 kg 2/month

Anionic Polymer (powder) 50 kg 0.5/month

Caustic Soda (liquid) 5.6 tones 35/month




OPERATIONAL INPUT MEAN INPUTS/DAY MEAN VEHICULAR MOVEMENTS

REQUIRED

Chlorine (gas) 1.0 tone 15/month

Ammonia (liquid) 0.4 tones 3/month

Spare Chemicals 130 kg 1/month

Fuel Oil Emergency use only Assume 1/month

WTW Staff 25-30/day 15 cars/day

Table ‎3-9 Ouardaniye WTW –Mean Operational Outputs and Vehicular Movements

OPERATIONAL OUTPUT RANGE OF OUTPUT VEHICULAR MOVEMENTS

REQUIRED

Sludge liquid 4,500 – 10,700 m3/d N/A

Sludge – dewatered (to 15%) to

quarry or landfill

11 – 200 tones/d 2 – 28 tankers/d

Works overflow (emergency ) to sea Up to 0.5 to 1 m3/d max for short

periods

-

Chemicals and consumables

packaging and containers and

canteen waste

Quantities to be identified Quantities to be identified

Overflows capable of discharging a fraction of the WTW‟s capacity (up to about 1000 l/s) during

operational changes will be removed by a 600mm diameter pipeline following the route of the WTW

access road and discharged to a dry stream bed and thence into the sea. Emergency drainage from

the flocculators, clarifiers, rapid gravity filters and filter wash water will follow the same route.

During commissioning of the WTW and the conveyor system, production water will be discharged

through the emergency outfall or through the washouts. Chlorinated water will be de-chlorinated prior

to discharge.

Surface water drainage from the WTW will be designed for a storm with a 1 in 20 year return period and

will be routed to Wadi Baraz to the north of the WTW site. At the lower end, the wadi will require

improvement by the construction of a concrete channel to direct flow to the culverts under the coastal

road and railway, and an outfall structure under the beach. Petrol/oil will be provided where

appropriate and drainage from the area in front of the Chemical House will be separated and routed

to a chemical drain system which serves the chemical loading and handling areas. The system will

discharge to the sludge thickening plant for disposal to landfill with the sludge.

Foul sewage from the WTW will be collected and treated in accordance with accepted local

technology. In the absence of a local sewer system, a properly designed septic tank or small treatment

works will be installed.

3.3.5 Khalde Surge Structure

The Khalde Surge Structure will be unmanned. It will be inspected for maintenance annually. Detailed

surge analysis will be used in the design process to ensure that the surge shaft structure will not overflow




and flood adjoining land. The shaft and its compound will be equipped with appropriate safety

measures to prevent the ingress of foreign bodies into the treated water.

3.3.6 Khalde Flow measurement and Sampling Chamber

The Khalde Measurement and Sampling Chamber will also be unmanned. However, as it is the point at

which the Contractor will be contractually required to deliver treated water, it will be visited daily for

water sampling. Upkeep and maintenance will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Immediately downstream of this Chamber will be velocity limiting valves which will close in the event of

catastrophic failure of the downstream pipelines.

3.3.7 Khalde Distribution Chamber

The operation of the unmanned Khalde Distribution Chamber will be the responsibility of the BMLWE,

which will operate the distribution valves manually.

3.3.8 Hadath 90 and 125 and Hazmieh 90 Reservoirs

The Hadath and Hazmieh Reservoirs will be unmanned structures and also the responsibility of the

BMLWWA. Information on water level and water quality will be transmitted to the Central Control Room

at the Ouardaniye WTW. Emergency re-chlorination will be provided at the reservoirs using mobile

facilities.

3.4 WATER QUALITY AND TREATMENT PROCESS

3.4.1 Raw Water Quality

The raw water will be delivered to the plant by the use of tunnels that belong to the existing

hydroelectric system. There are two main sources of water:

3. Karaoun lake;

4. Awali River.

The quality for each source over the period of at least a full year must be analyzed in detail before

start of construction phase. For this purpose a new sampling campaign was adapted and had started

in April and is still ongoing.

The source of water supply is very important to the project as the Karaoun lake and Awali River differ

from each other in terms of water quality. According to past water quality monitoring data which

formed the basis for previous studies and designs, the Karaoun lake has a better water quality when

compared to the Awali source. This may have been affected however by reported increase in

industrial and agricultural activity in the lower Beqa‟a valley, the feeder catchment of the Litani River.

Raw water quality has been analyzed several times in the past with the first one being in 1968/1972, the

second one in August 1984 and the third one in 1994/1995. The most recent water quality analysis was

conducted in 2001. The first two can be considered outdated as it is suspected that the condition and

status of the tunnels, hydroelectric power plant and dams may have changed during the proceeding

period. The analysis conducted in 1994/1995 contained some information on the most important

parameters; however the feasibility report and the preliminary design report of Montgomery Watson did




not cover comprehensive water quality information on a seasonal basis for both the Karaoun and Awali

sources.

The 2001 analyses provided further and detailed information on specific chemical substances and also

herbicides/pesticides which seemed to be either below the detection limits or lower than the effluent

requirements. Specific and detailed assessment will be provided in a later stage. The results did not

indicate issues that could have had a potential impact on the treatment scheme. In fact, the water

quality did not differ much from the one given in the earlier feasibility report, however it is noteworthy

that the 2001 sampling and analyses campaign seemed to be limited in the number of samples taken

and lacking in seasonal water quality results which is the most crucial information that must be

obtained for finalizing the treatment scheme.

The 2001 analyses report contains information on separate water sources such as the Awali and Litani

Rivers, based on samples taken in winter and spring of 1994/1995. This information could not be located

in the 1994 feasibility report.

From a treatment plant design perspective, this information was found to be more valuable as it

showed how both sources deteriorated in quality in winter when it is suspected that wet weather events

might have occurred although these have not been clearly stated. It is therefore prudent to take into

consideration the results obtained from the sampling and analysis program conducted in 1994 and

1995.

The new sampling and analysis campaign to determine the current water quality of the Litani and

Awali sources must be a combination of the 1994/1995 and 2001 analyses. The combination can be

defined by the need:

I. To derive the seasonal water quality and associated changes;

II. To include all the chemical, microbiological and indicator parameters as outlined and

classified in the latest 98/83/EC drinking water directive and the Lebanese Environmental

Quality Standards & Criteria for water listed in Ministerial Decision No. 52/1, MoE.

The results of the sampling and analysis campaign are given in Appendix O.

Apart from the numerical results, both the Awali and Litani sources were characterized as being

noncorrosive, moderately hard and low in organics. It was also observed that there were no point

discharges of wastewater of either domestic or industrial type. However, due to agricultural activities,

pesticides could be a threat to the water source and testing of this regard must be made a key

consideration during the engineering design.

It is not possible to immediately verify the conclusions and assumptions which were the basis of the 1994

feasibility study or the subsequent preliminary design. This is due to lack of recent detailed water quality

monitoring data at the points of concern to this project, and the fact that new data would need to be

collected over long periods to capture seasonal variations. Accurate up-to-date analysis results will not

only help in a better and an efficient design of the potable water treatment plant but also aid in

defining the chemical dosage and consumption. It is noteworthy that the correct selection and dosing

requirement of the coagulation chemicals will have to be determined via jar tests which have not been

done up to now. The raw water quality as estimated in the 1994 feasibility report is shown in Table ‎3-10.,

based on the combined range of quality parameters from both the Liatni and the Awali sources




Table ‎3-10 Raw Water Quality

PARAMETER UNIT MEAN MAXIMUM MINIMUM

Temperature oC 14 18 10

PH 8 (typ) 8.4 6.9

Color PE/Co 2.0 7.5 1.0

Turbidity FTU 20 155 1

Suspended Solids mg/L 14 28 6

Conductivity µS/cm 265 409 200

TDS mg/L

(CACO3)

253 288 232

Alkalinity mg/L

(CaCO3)

158 240 140

Hardness mg/L 175 240 150

Calcium mg/L 58 80 42

Magnesium mg/L 9 12 5

Sodium mg/L 10 13 7

Ammonia mg/L 0.1 0.4 0

Nitrate mg/L 0.9 1.0 0.7

Chloride mg/L 18 25 12

Fluoride mg/L 0.12 0.15 0.07

Iron mg/L 0.16 0.33 0.1

BOD mg/L 2.6 5.5 0.9

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.1 11.8 1.0

Coliforms No./100mL 115 370 5

THM Potential mg/L <34 <21

Total Organic Carbon mg/L 0.7 0.93 0.58

The influent parameters suggest that the raw water has a mild to moderate quality. However due to

variable raw water quality linked to seasonal changes especially for the Awali source; specific new

analysis should be conducted to determine the raw water quality during wet weather events. There is

no information as to when the sampling and analysis were conducted to derive the above given water

quality, and most important of all, it is not known whether the maximum values correspond to wet

weather events or they are the maximum influent parameters corresponding to the dry season.

Seasonal raw water analysis plays an important role in defining the water quality and hence the most

efficient and economical process. Furthermore, manganese concentration is missing in the estimated

raw water quality which has a prime importance in the design.

The result of raw water analysis conducted on specific sources in 1994 and 1995 are summarized in

Table ‎3-11. Only the parameters which have significant importance to the process have been shown. It

can be seen that influent parameters vary greatly between summer and winter months and can reach




to very high levels especially for suspended solids and turbidity. Again, it is clearly illustrated that the

Litani River source has a better quality than the Awali River source.

Table ‎3-11 Water Quality Analysis (1994 and 1995)

PARAMETER 14.02.1994 04.07.1994 13.01.1995

Awali Litani Awali Litani Awali Litani

TSS (mg/L) n/a n/a n/a n/a 22 14

Turbidity (NTU) 150 80 n/a n/a 5.5

T, Coliform (No./100mL) n/a n/a n/a n/a 67

pH 8.2 7.8 n/a n/a 7.1

PARAMETER 07.02.1995 18.03.1995 18.05.1995

TSS (mg/L) n/a n/a 110 n/a 16 14

Turbidity (NTU) 350 22 59 n/a 0.7 1.8

T, Coliform (No./100mL) n/a n/a 58 n/a 0 3

pH 8.1 7.7 7.55 n/a 7.5 7.3

It is suspected that the samples taken on 14.02.1994, 07.02.1995 and 18.03.1995 may have coincided

with wet weather events however nothing has been noted to justify this. If this is the case then it can be

concluded that Awali river water quality during wet weather events deteriorates more than the Litani

source with TSS and turbidity levels reaching up to 110 mg/L and 350 NTU respectively.. It is also

important to note that inlet pH can be below 7.

It has been nearly 16 years since the last sampling and analysis campaign was conducted and it is

imperative that up to date raw water quality must be derived to validate the latest situation of the raw

water quality to be used as the basis for design. The possibility of a lower water quality in both the Awali

and Litani sources should not be ruled out as over the years, residential and commercial developments.

Increase in agricultural activity and industrialization may have affected the water sources and to

ascertain this, a new sampling and analysis campaign was recommended by Montgomery Watson.

3.4.2 Treated Water Quality

The treated water quality given in the feasibility study needs to be updated taking into consideration

the Lebanese standards and the latest amendments in various drinking water guideline standards i.e.,

WHO and EU. The feasibility study was completed in 1994; however in 1998 the European Council issued

the new drinking water directive, 98/83/EC which provides a more detailed treated water consent

under three different categories; microbiological parameters, chemical parameters and indicator

parameters. Recently the third edition of the World Health Organization (WHO), Guidelines for Drinking

Water Quality was released in 2008.

The previously recommended treated water quality targets will have to be revisited prior the start of the

project. A combination of the national standards and that of EU and WHO standards are

recommended for the Awali treatment scheme to derive a more comprehensive water quality than

the one previously defined. Each parameter will have to be evaluated one by one on the basis of their




effect on public health, implication on water transmission and public acceptability. The recommended

treated water quality targets are compared to standards in Table ‎3-12.




Table ‎3-12 Drinking Water Standards

PARAMETER

RECOMMENDED IN

1994 FEASIBILITY STUDY

EU STANDARDS WHO STANDARDS LEBANESE NATIONAL

STANDARDS (GUIDING LIMITS)

(MOE DECISION 52/1/1996

LEBANESE NATIONAL

STANDARDS (MAX

ACCEPTABLE)

Color Pt/Co 5 max - - 1 15

Turbidity FTU 0.2 (95%)

0.5 max

- - 0.4 4

Temperature oC <25 - - 12 25

pH 8.0-8.5 - 6.5 -8.5 6.5 8.5 9

Conductivity µS/cm 500 250 250 400 mS/cm @20 degrees -

Chlorides mglL 50 250 250 25 200

Hardness Mg/L

CaCo3

300 - 150-500 - -

Dissolved Oxygen % 75 minimum - <75 <70 -

TOC mg/L 2.0 - - - -

Total Coliforms Per 100 mL 0 0 0 0 -

THMs 50 0.1 mg/L 0.1 mg/L

Chlorine mg/L 5 maximum - 5

Monochloramine 3 maximum

2.5 minimum

Pesticides Total 0.1 0.1 -

Pesticides individual 0.5 0.5 -




3.4.3 Water Treatment Process Scheme

The proposed treatment process has been reevaluated by Montgomery Watson as part of updating

the feasibility report. The major goal was to assess its ability for fulfilling the new drinking water guidelines

and standards issued by the European Council and also the World Health Organization (WHO). When

doing this, the variable raw water quality due to seasonal changes has also been taken into account

to provide a process scheme that will be capable of treating two different raw water characters to the

desired effluent quality. The selection of appropriate chemicals that will be easy to handle, readily

available and will have the minimum impact to the process in terms of sludge production and alkalinity

consumption were considered as the key points in selecting these chemicals.

The updated and proposed new treatment scheme will comprise the following unit operations and

processes:

- Screening;

- Cascade aeration;

- Ozonation;

- Coagulation;

- Flocculation;

- Sedimentation;

- Media filtration;

- Treated water reservoir;

- Final disinfection;

- pH adjustment;

- Ammoniation;

- Thickening and dewatering of excess sludge;

- Collection of supernatant from thickening and dewatering;

- Dirty backwash collection.

The process flow diagram of the updated proposed treatment scheme can be seen in Figure ‎3-6 and

Figure ‎3-7. Two options are presented which are related to the bypass of

coagulation/flocculation/settling phases when the raw water quality is good and will not need settling.

In this case as mentioned above direct filtration will be enough to treat the water to comply with the

treated water quality. As it can be seen from the process flow diagram for the first option, the raw

water bypasses all the coagulation/flocculation and settling tanks and flows into the filters. In this case,

an inline static mixer is provided and the coagulant, flocculant can be dosed to this section of the

plant before going to the sand filters. In this option, raw water passes through ozonation for pre-

oxidation and pre-disinfection. The static mixer will aid in coagulation and flocculation. Alternatively,

the chemicals can also be dosed to the outlet of the cascade aeration structure where the turbulence

is high.

In the second option, the raw water flows through ozonation, coagulation and flocculation but

bypasses settling and flows directly to the sand filters. In this way during direct filtration the main flash

and slow mixing units will still be used for coagulation and flocculation. Both of the above mentioned

options avoid the use of secondary (intermediate mixing) mixing facilities to be utilized only during




direct filtration. The arrangement to be implemented should be decided by the contractor. The Awali

treatment plant will have two parallel streams.

The unit operations and processes and the justifications for the updated process scheme are discussed

separately in this section. The tentative dimensions given in the tables are for 3.09 m3/sec net inlet flow

capacity which includes 3% water losses for backwashing. Exact amount of water losses to be taken

into account for the inlet flow should be defined by the contractor.




RAW WATER

Ozonation

Sludge Dewatering

Cat. PolymerSludge Thickening

and Holding

Dirty BackWash

Tank

Contact Tank

Flocculation Sedimentation

H2SO4

An. Polymer or cationic for

direct filtration

Coagulation

Media Filtration

Static

Mixer

Alum

O3

Cascade Aeration

Screening

NH4OH

NaOH

CI2

Washwater

Tank

Treated Water

Tank

TO TREATED

WATER TUNNELOption 2 – To

Wadi

Supernatant TankOption 1 – To

Plant Inlet

Dewatered Sludge

Cake

Bypass during Direct filtration

During Direct Filtration

Figure ‎3-6 Proposed Treatment Process (Option1)




RAW WATER

Ozonation

Sludge Dewatering

Cat. PolymerSludge Thickening

and Holding

Dirty BackWash

Tank

Contact Tank

Flocculation Sedimentation

H2SO4

An. Polymer or cationic for

direct filtration

Coagulation

Media Filtration

Alum

O3

Cascade Aeration

Screening

NH4OH

NaOH

CI2

Washwater

Tank

Treated Water

Tank

TO TREATED

WATER TUNNELOption 2 – To

Wadi

Supernatant TankOption 1 – To

Plant Inlet

Dewatered Sludge

Cake

Bypass during Direct filtration

During Direct Filtration

Figure ‎3-7 Proposed treatment Process (Option2)




Screening

Screening has been foreseen to avoid small/large objects such as grasses, leaves, plastic debris etc

flowing to the treatment plant which can enter the raw water source in many different ways. Absence

of screens can lead to problems. It is essential to install coarse screens to protect the downstream

processes. Therefore bar screens have been foreseen with 40-50 mm opening widths. At this stage

automatically operated screens have been foreseen, however the type and operation mode of the

screen will have to be finalized by the contractor.

Aeration

Aeration involves bringing air in contact with water to transfer volatile substances from the liquid into

the gaseous phase and to dissolve beneficial gases into the water. The purposes of aeration in water

treatment are:

to reduce the concentration of taste and odor causing substances such as H2S or

other volatile organic compounds;

Oxidation of iron and manganese;

Addition of oxygen to the raw water which can be deficient in dissolved oxygen.

The available data does not suggest the necessity of aeration at first glance, however it should be

noted that the data is very limited and does not extensively cover the seasonal changes in the raw

water quality. Cascade aeration is proposed which does not involve any mechanical parts and the

oxygen transfer is solely related to the fall of the water over a number of steps. It will be a concrete

structure having three steps and each step having a 50-cm fall (Table ‎3-13).

The water is supplied via long tunnels so especially during the summer times the raw water could be

deficient in oxygen which can have implications on taste and odor issues. Therefore it is sensible to

construct a cascade aeration system for the Awali process scheme. One cascade aeration system can

be constructed to serve the system requirements; this should be checked by the contractor.

Table ‎3-13 Proposed Specifications of Cascade Aeration System

SPECIFICATION UNIT VALUE

Number of falls No. 3

Height of fall m 0.5

Number of sides No. 4

Length on each side m 7.5

Total static fall m 1.5

Width of each step m 0.6

Pre-oxidation and disinfection using Ozone

Ozone is a powerful oxidant and has many uses in water treatment, including oxidation of organic

chemicals. Ozone can also be used as a primary disinfectant. Ozone gas (O3) is formed by passing dry

air or oxygen through a high-voltage electric field. When used for the pretreatment of raw surface

water, ozone prevents the formation of THMs and other chlorinated derivatives. Ozone is more widely

used as the pre-oxidant in water treatment systems because it has a number of benefits by improving




clarification effectiveness (turbidity, color, residual micro-algae, OM, THM precursors) and in most cases

by reducing the coagulant demand. In many plants it has been proven that with pre-ozonation:

Coagulation and flocculation are enhanced and performance of sedimentation and

filtration processes is improved;

Odors are not created or intensified by formation of complexes;

Chlorine demand is reduced and in turn lowers chlorine dosage and so THM formation

potential;

Complex taste, odor and color problems are effectively reduced or eliminated;

Organic impurities are rapidly oxidized;

Effective pre-disinfection is achieved over a wide range of temperature and pH;

Removal of pesticides and herbicides;

Removes iron and manganese.

Ozone is now widely used in most of the conventional potable water treatment plants and the dosage

is very small which will be in the range of 0.5 to 2 mg/L. It is suspected that the dosage will not exceed

0.7-1.0 mg/L for the Awali scheme.

Available data does not necessitate the use of a pre-oxidation step at first glance, however it is

noteworthy to mention that the current available analysis results are very limited and do not cover a

year round seasonal sampling analysis. The quality of both water sources during wet weather events is

very important to conclude on the necessity of the pre-oxidation step using ozone. Nevertheless, the

following are the specific benefits of having pre-ozonation at the Awali plant:

- Will improve the performance of coagulation and flocculation and even reduce the

coagulant demand;

- Will oxidize the organics;

- Will eliminate problems with taste, odour and color;

- Will eliminate the risk disinfection byproducts (THM and other);

- Will remove the small amount of pesticides and herbicides detected in the raw water

which have strict treated water quality targets.

Intermediate ozonation has also been foreseen in the feasibility report as a future item to aid in the

removal of pesticides, herbicides, to enhance coagulation, flocculation and reduce the disinfection by

products such as THMs and chlorinated compounds. Taste and odor issues caused by disinfectants and

DBPs are best controlled through careful operation of the disinfection process. In principle, they can be

avoided by using ozone.

By the use of the process scheme given in Figure ‎3-6 and Figure ‎3-7 the water will be pre-ozonated both

during settling and direct filtration.

Concrete covered tanks will be used to provide the required ozone contact time which will be

determined by the contractor stage.

In the absence of a detailed raw water sampling and analysis campaign, it is prudent to include the

preozonation for both oxidation and pre-disinfection purposes for the Awali treatment plant. However

the final decision will be taken once the detailed analysis results are available to ascertain the present

raw water quality. The possibility of a lower water quality both for the Awali and lake Karaoun sources

should not be ruled out as over the years, residential and commercial developments, agricultural




activity and industrialization may have affected the water sources and to be sure, up to date sampling

and analysis should be conducted.

Table ‎3-14 Proposed Specification for Pre-oxidation and Disinfection.


Location Upstream of settling tank

Detention time min 6

Max dose mg/L 2

Generators (one standby) No. 2

Capacity of each generator Kg/h 20

Ozone contact basin No. 4

Depth m 4.25

Length m 8

Width m 8

Pre-oxidation chemical O3

Pre-disinfection chemical O3

Coagulation

Coagulation is a chemical treatment process used to destabilize colloidal particles. In this process

chemicals are added to the water that either break down the stabilizing forces, enhance the

destabilizing forces, or both. Typically aluminum and iron salts are used as coagulants i.e., aluminium

sulphate, ferric chloride, ferrous sulphate etc. As mentioned earlier, although several options have been

discussed for the main coagulant in the feasibility study, ferric chloride was chosen as the chemical to

be used for coagulation. After reevaluation of the current and best practice and considering the

advantages and disadvantages of these chemicals, anhydrous aluminum sulphate is proposed as the

main coagulant.

Although both chemicals are used in water treatment processes depending on price, availability,

handling etc, aluminum sulphate has a wider usage. There are several advantages of aluminum

sulphate compared to iron salts which can be listed as:

Availability, as anhydrous aluminum sulphate is very easy to obtain (Subject to

availability on the local market);

Price, as anhydrous aluminum sulphate is cheaper compared to especially ferric

chloride (Subject to availability on the local market);

Will consume less alkalinity of natural water compared to ferric chloride (ferric based

salts will consume 0.75-0.92 mg/L CaCO3 alkalinity per 1 mg of salt dosed; alum will

consume 0.50 mg/L CaCO3 alkalinity per 1 mg of salt dosed);

Will produce less inorganic sludge compared to ferric chloride (ferric based salts will

produce 0.54- 0.66 mg insoluble precipitate per 1 mg of salt dosed; alum will produce

0.26 mg insoluble precipitate per 1 mg of salt dosed).

Apart from its advantages, handling of aluminum sulphate is slightly more complex which requires the

use of silos and feeding screws to prepare 6%-10% w/w dosing solution in flash mixing tanks.




Furthermore, the optimum working pH of aluminum sulphate is 6.0-7.4 which will require the dosing of an

acid (pH adjustment chemical) to reduce the pH of the incoming raw water to the desirable range

and also meet the 0.05 mg/L Al effluent consent. Since the raw water pH is in the range of 6.9-8.0, the

amount of acid to be dosed will not be significant. On the other hand, due to the addition of certain

chemicals, the natural alkalinity of the water will be consumed and a final alkalinity buffering and pH

correction will have to be done anyway. Ferric chloride has the disadvantage and possibility of leaving

a residual red color in the treated water if the process is not well controlled. This has been experienced

in some plants. Furthermore, iron promotes the growth of iron bacteria if ferrous sulphate is used. This

may cause rust-colored deposits on the walls of tanks, pipes and channels and carry-over of deposits

into the water.

However, it is very important to once again mention that the final selection of the coagulation

chemical will be done following jar tests conducted on samples taken from both water sources also

taking into consideration the availability of the chemicals in the local Lebanese market. It is also known

from previous experience that alum is a more cost effective chemical than ferric.

Coagulation will be carried out in concrete flash mixing tanks by the use of rapid mixers to provide

thorough dispersion and mixing of the chemical. The success of this unit operation depends on this.

Mechanical in-tank coagulation is necessary especially due to low raw water temperatures. It is

proposed to use two tanks in series where the first tank will receive the pH adjustment chemical and the

coagulant.

Table ‎3-15 Proposed Specifications for Coagulation


Type In tank mixing

Detention time Min 1

Number No. 4 (2 in series in each stream)

Length m 3.3

Width m 3.3

Depth m 4.25

Mixer Type Turbine flash mixer

Energy Gradient S-1 750-1000

Power kW 37

Main Coagulant Al2(So4)3

pH adjustment chemical H2SO4

Flocculation

The coagulation process chemically modifies the colloidal particles so that the stabilizing forces are

reduced. To ensure that a maximum amount of turbidity is removed, mixing conditions and energy

input must be properly provided after rapid mixing to allow aggregation of destabilized particles. The

coagulated water must be gently stirred to promote the growth of flocs which can be removed by

sedimentation or filtration. The typical floc size is in the range of 0.1-2.0 mm. Jar tests will have to be

conducted to determine the correct type of polyelectrolyte i.e. anionic, non-ionic or cationic. Mostly




anionic types of polymers are used depending on the nature of the colloids. Metallic oxides are

generally positively charged. However most surface waters carry negatively charged colloids which

may require the use of cationic polymer. As mentioned previously, jar tests will be conducted to

determine the type of polymer to be used during settling and direct filtration. Coagulated water and

the polymer will be mixed in concrete flocculation tanks equipped with slow paddle type stirrers. To

enhance the growth of flocs tapered velocity gradient will be applied using three tanks in series.

Table ‎3-16 Proposed Specifications for Flocculation


Type In tank mixing

Detention time Min 2

Number No. 6 (3 in series in each stream)

Length m 12

Width m 12

Depth m 4.25

Mixer type Paddle type slow stirrer

Energy Gradient (first compartment) S-1 60

Energy Gradient (second compartment) S-1 30

Energy Gradient (third compartment) S-1 15

Power (first compartment) kW 7.5

Power (second compartment) kW 2.2

Power (third compartment) kW 1.1

Main flocculant Anionic Polyelectrolyte

Sedimentation

Due to land constraints, lamella type plate settlers will be used. This type of settlers consists of banks of

small plates inclined at 45o to 60o angles from horizontal. The lamella plate settlers provide enhanced

solids removal because, 1) the settling distance that a particle falls to enter the sludge zone is reduced

(thus, the surface loading rate is reduced in the basin), 2) Laminar flow is achieved through the plates

(thus nearly ideal settling conditions are encountered), 3) Density currents, temperature currents and

wave action do not hinder the sedimentation process.

The sludge will be automatically removed using motorized valves and pumps. Sludge will be pumped

to sludge thickeners. Mechanical scrapers will be used to scrape the settled sludge to the hoppers.




Table ‎3-17 Proposed Specifications for Sedimentation


Type Lamella Plate settler

Detention time min 20

Number No. 2 (one in each stream)

Specific loading rate m3/m2-h 1.0

Footprint loading rate m3/m2-h 17.9

Lamella size m 3.26 x 1.25

Lamella inclination Degree 55

Horizontal spacing mm 80

Number of lamella per unit No. 2036

Number of rows per unit No. 10

Length m 12

Width m 13

Depth m 5 – 5.5

Launder channel On top of lamella stacks

De-sludging Automatic via pumps and

motorized valves

Filtration

Further removal of colloidal particles is required to meet stringent public health standards. The filtration

process used in water treatment involves passing of the flow through a bed of granular media such as

sand, anthracite or activated carbon. As the water passes through the media, the suspended particles

are entrapped in the pore spaces of the media and thus removed from the liquid stream.

Rapid sand filters have also been foreseen in the updated process scheme as done in the feasibility

study.

Dual media sand filters are recommended with sand and anthracite which will facilitate further removal

of organics and also eliminate taste and odour problems. The filter media can also be replaced with

granular activated carbon if the necessity arises. Filters will have a combined air and water backwash

(CAW) sequence to provide the most efficient way of removing entrapped solids and this will be fully

automatic.




Table ‎3-18 Proposed Specifications for Filtration


Type Rapid, Dual Media

Media Sand + anthracite

Number of filters No. 10

Filtration rate (1 filter offline) m3/m2-h 10.1

Required total area m2 1236

Area of each filter m2 124

Filter bed arrangement Twin bed

Length of each twin bed filter m 13.5

Width of each twin bed filter m 4.5

Media depth m 1.2m (sand) + 0.4m (anthracite)

Media effective size Mm 1.0

Number of filters backwashed No. 1

Water backwash rate (low) m3/m2-h 40

Water backwash rate (rinse) m3/m2-h 40

Air backwash Nm3/m2-h 60

Required low backwash flow rate m3/h 3645

Required rinse backwash flow rate m3/h 4860

Required air backwash flow rate Nm3/h 7290

Total washwater requirement during one

backwash

m3 510

Clean backwash tank volume m3 730

Dirty backwash volume m3 730

Design backwash duration min 17

There are two options for the dirty backwash water disposal and handling as proposed by the designer:

1) it can be discharged to the thickeners or 2) it can be directly sent to the wadi. The latter must be

further investigated and confirmed with the local regulatory authorities. The dirty backwash water tank

will be equipped with a submersible mixer to keep its content in suspension.

Post Chlorination

Post chlorination will be carried out using gas chlorine. The contact tank will have a detention time of

30 minutes and will be baffled to provide plug flow conditions. Two tanks have been foreseen for ease

of operation and maintenance. Average chlorine dose of 3.5 mg/L and a maximum dose of 5 mg/L is

expected and the capacity of the gas chlorination system has been based on this dosage.

The preliminary dimensions of each chlorine contact tank will be as follows; length=25m, width =12.5m

and the water depth will be 4.25m.




Treated Water Reservoir

A treated water reservoir has been foreseen to store the treated water up to a maximum of 1 hour. The

same criteria have been taken into account in the feasibility study. Two tanks each having a capacity

of 5750 m3 will be sufficient to satisfy this requirement. The tanks can be isolated with penstocks. The

preliminary dimensions of each reservoir will be as follows: length=33m, width=33m and the water depth

will be 5m. The necessity and capacity of the treated water reservoir will be reevaluated by the

contractor.

Post pH Adjustment

Chemical dosing will consume the natural alkalinity of the raw water and hence decrease the pH as

the water passes through the treatment steps. In the updated process, due to the recommendation of

alum, acid will be dosed to decrease the pH of the raw water to the desired level for optimum

coagulation. This will further reduce the buffer capacity of the water and decrease the pH. Therefore

the final treated effluent has to have the necessary alkalinity buffer and also has to be in the pH range

as given in the treated water quality.

Certain chemicals can be used for this purpose such as hydrated lime, quick lime or caustic soda. In

the feasibility study lime has been chosen because of its price. Nothing has been mentioned about lime

being more readily available than caustic. However as outlined in the same report there are a lot of

implications associated with using lime and many plants in the world have considered caustic for pH

adjustment. Below are some of the negative aspects of using lime in water treatment plants:

It is very difficult to handle. In large treatment plants it can only be stored in silos which

result in arching. It is also very dusty;

There are many impurities;

It may further increase the turbidity of the water due to these impurities. (this is

especially crucial if dosed into treated water);

Impurities from lime can settle out in pipelines and in reservoirs;

They require sophisticated storage and handling equipments;

Capital cost of lime storage and dosing facilities is high and so are the maintenance

costs.

Furthermore when dissolved in water, Ca2+ contained in lime may form CaCO3 and CaSO4

precipitates which can settle in pipes, reservoirs and cause scaling. Therefore due to the reasons stated

above, it can be concluded that technically, caustic soda is a preferred chemical to be used for post

pH adjustment. However, the final selection of the post pH adjustment chemical will be left to the final

design stage as there have been some reports that caustic is not available in the local market but can

be imported. This needs to be further investigated.

Ammoniation

Ammoniation is the process where monochloramines are formed by the addition of ammonium into the

treated water. Ammonia converts free chlorine residual to chloramines. In this form, chlorine is less

reactive, lasts longer and has fewer tendencies to combine with organic compounds thus reducing

taste and odor and THM formation. However dosage of liquid ammonia has to be carefully adjusted as

excessive amounts can lead to the formation of disinfection by products. Ammoniation process was




foreseen as an optional item in the feasibility study however it is recommended to include this as part of

the process scheme. It is expected that the dosage will be in the range of 0.5-1.0 mg/L.

Chemical Storage

Total quantities of chemical storage will depend of the selection of coagulant and flocculent and their

relevant dosing rates decided by the contractor. It is very hard to be definitive about this at this stage

but the designer has provided in the following table a guidance on expected quantities.

Table ‎3-19 Chemical Storage

CHEMICAL NO. DAYS

STORAGE

INITIAL ULTIMATE

Ferric Chloride

(40% solution, 1450kg/m3)

60 400 tonnes

2 tanks X 135 m3

600 tonnes

3 tanks X 135 m3

Cationic Polymer

(liquid, 1100/m3)

30 16 tonnes

2 tanks X 7 m3

600 tonnes

3 tanks X 7 m3

Anionic Polymer

(Dry, 900kg/m3)

30 1.5 tonnes

Floor Space

3 tonnes

Floor Space

Caustic Soda

(25% solution, 1250kg/m3)

30 480 tonnes

2 tanks X 190 m3

720 tonnes

3 tanks X 190m3

Chlorine

(Liquid gas, one tone cylinder)

60 60 tonnes

60 cylinders

120 tonnes

120 cylinders

Aqueous Amonia

(liquid 25% solution, 0.95 tonnes/m3)

60 400 tonnes

2 tanks X 135 m3

36 tonnes

3 tanks X 12m3

Spare chemical*

(Dry, 4% soluble)

30 4 tonnes

One m3 day tank

8 tonnes

One m3 day tank

Note * Quantities based on potassium Permanganate

Sludge Treatment

Coagulation sludge is produced by flocculating and settling natural turbidity. Alum and iron salts will

react with alkalinity and form precipitates of alum and iron hydroxides. Settled sludge contains these

hydroxide precipitates and also turbidity causing organic and inorganic compounds. The sludge

produced from water treatment facilities is stable, because mostly there is no organic matter to

undergo active decomposition or promote an anaerobic condition. As a result, the sludge is often

allowed to accumulate in sedimentation basins and holding/thickening tanks for days. Basic

characteristics of coagulation sludge which needs to be taken into account during the design are as

follows:

The solids concentration, thickening, density and de-waterability of the produced

sludge are highly dependent on the raw water quality;




Treatment of high turbidity surface water will result in sludge that is more concentrated

and less difficult to dewater, sludge produced from the treatment of low turbidity

surface water will be difficult to process;

Coagulation sludge from water containing high algae, will result in light and low solids

concentration;

Sludge that have a high proportion of metal hydroxides are easily dewatered because

metal hydroxides have water molecules in their structure that can separate the floc

and other particles;

Addition of polymer, lime will increase the solids concentration;

Alum sludge is a voluminous gelatinous sludge with poor compressibility. It will generally

concentrate to 0.5-3% solids in the sedimentation basin;

Sludge concentration in the settling tanks depends on how they are operated. Typical

concentration varies between 0.5-3% however this will increase if the sludge is allowed

to accumulate for some time;

Density of sludge depends on the moisture content. Normally for surface water sludge,

the density of dry sludge is in the range of 1200-1520 kg/m3.

In the 1994 feasibility study, several options have been proposed for the management of solids which

can be listed as:

Option A - Marine disposal;

Option B - Disposal at the Ras Damour Power Station;

Option C - Disposal at a nearby cement plant;

Option D - Disposal to restore local quarries;

Option E - Disposal to landfill;

Option F - Disposal to agricultural land; and

Option G - Return of raw sludge to Joun.

It was concluded in the 1998 EIA report that disposal of sludge to the marine environment (Option A)

would be an unacceptable long-term proposal, would give rise to low levels of water treatment

chemicals being present in the marine environment and would have a high capital cost. Amongst all

the alternatives given above, Option D was selected as the most viable option which is the disposal of

sludge to restore local quarries (e .g. the small quarry west of the Ouardaniye WTW) with possible future

use of the sludge as a construction material represented the best option for sludge disposal, provided

that care will be taken to avoid groundwater contamination. In the longer term, it is also stated that the

sludge may be disposed of to an engineered landfill or a wastewater treatment plant, once these are

constructed. The selected option therefore represents a flexible approach to sludge disposal.

In light of the proposed sludge management strategies given in the previous EIA study (for the short and

long term) the onsite sludge treatment has to be provided. The following steps are recommended for

the treatment of sludge:

• Sludge holding /thickening;

• Sludge dewatering (with polymer aid);

• Sludge liquor collection (supernatant tank).

As discussed earlier, alum sludge has a slimy, voluminous character which makes it difficult to process.




Therefore the sizing of the units and design criteria must be carefully selected.

Sludge thickening can be carried out in circular gravity thickeners which will also serve the purpose of

sludge holding and storage. Thickened sludge can then be dewatered using belt press or centrifuges.

Centrifuges have been preliminarily proposed during the feasibility study however they are costly and

energy intensive. Alternatively, belt presses are proposed at this stage as they are very low in energy

consumption and the sludge to be processed is fairly stable and will not potentially emit any malodors.

In any case belt presses can be completely covered. Cationic polymer is recommended to aid in

increasing the solids concentration and dewater ability however the selection of the type of polymer

will be done at time of construction by the contractor. A supernatant tank has been foreseen with a

reasonable detention time to collect sludge liquors resulting from thickening and dewatering processes.

Sludge yield figures for treating 250,000 m3/s and 500,000 m3/s (twice the expected capacity under the

current project) are given in Table ‎3-20. It depends on chemical type and dosage and whether direct

filtration or coagulation/flocculation and settling are done.

Table ‎3-20 Sludge Yield

ANNUAL AVERAGE MAXIMUM 72 HOURS PEAK DAY

Tonnes/day m3/d Tonnes/day m3/d Tonnes/day m3/d

For treating

250,000 m3/s

7.8 2600 31 10300 75 25000

For treating

500,000 m3/s

15.5 5200 62 20600 150 50000

The yield assumes ferric sulphate is dosed as the principal coagulant and that the clarification

produces a 0.3% so0lids sludge.

Dry solids in the sludge cake will be 230*4*12*0.97= 10,708 kg/d (10.8 tons/d). Dry solids will not change

unless the solids capture of the machine changes or more solids are produced from the liquid process

due to higher turbidity, higher chemical dosage…etc. It is the wet sludge amount that will change with

respect to dewatered sludge concentration and cake density. So for average conditions, the dry solids

in the sludge cake will be approximately 11 tons/d and the wet sludge will be in the range of 58 m3/d

to 73 m3/d dependant on the cake concentration (12-18%) for a density of 1200 kg/m3.

The conceptual sizes of the sludge treatment units are shown in Table ‎3-21




Table ‎3-21 Conceptual Design Parameters of Sludge Treatment Units


THICKENING

Type Gravity

Number No. 3

Diameter M 20

Sidewater depth M 33.5

Solids loading Kg/m2-d 40

Hydraulic overflow loading Kg/m2-d 6

Scraper Picket fence type

Solids capture rate % 93-95

Thickened sludge concentration % 2-6

Thickened sludge flow m3/d 350

DEWATERING

Type Belt Press

Number No. 4

Belt width m 3

Solids throughout capacity of press Kg/h 230

Hydraulic throughout capacity of each press m3/h 7.5

Polyelectrolyte dosage Kg/ton DS 5-10

Solids capture rate % 97

Dewatered sludge cake flow m3/d 58

Dewatered sludge cake % 12-18


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


4. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

This section is based on the alternative schemes presented in the initial EIA report date April 1998 and

the updated feasibility study submitted by Montgomery Watson April 2010.

An evaluation of alternative schemes to the provision of a major new water supply source for the

Greater Beirut from the Karaoun Lake and Awali Rivers is given hereunder.

4.2 NO PROJECT OPTION

Greater Beirut is likely to face serious water shortage in the near future as demand surpasses supply.

Climate change may even further exacerbate this problem. If additional sources of water supply are

not identified and provided in the near future, the following environmental and socio-economic

impacts are expected to arise:

Increase pressure on groundwater wells leading to increased salt water intrusion in the

coastal aquifers

Increased shortage periods of water in Beirut, particularly in the summer period,

possibly leading to more conflicts among water users in Greater Beirut

Not meeting Millennium Development Goals of access to water

Accordingly, the No Project alternative is considered to be not viable, as it would have severe

environmental and socio-economic impacts in Beirut.

4.3 FORMULATION OF OPTIONS

4.3.1 Constraints

Earlier Feasibility studies of 1972 and 1984 determined that the abstraction and delivery points of the

project should be:

- Abstraction at the construction adit of the Joun HEP plant tunnel prior to the HEP; and

- Delivery to the southern end of the twin 700mm diameter transmission mains at Khalde

(25km to the north) to supply reservoirs in west Beirut.

In addition the feasibility study of 1994 identified a suitable location at Hadath for a new storage

reservoir to serve East Beirut and the Southern Suburbs. The location and elevation had to achieve the

following requirements:

- Gravity Feed from Awali to Hadath;

- Equalizing supply and demand over a period of high consumption;

- Furnishing water for such emergencies as accidental breakdowns;

- Supplying water to the northern and southern suburbs, and the Achrafieh reservoirs;

- Supplying the reservoirs at Tallet El Khayat by a connection to the existing 700mm

diameter pipe at Galerie Semaan (in the event of supply shortage) to the existing twin

700mm diameter pipes (one of which is conveying water from the Damour wells); and

- Providing to regions currently supplied from other sources in case of failure of shutdown

of these sources.




The development of the proposed project has been based on these requirements.

4.3.2 Water Transmission Options

Three conceptual options were identified during the various past studies to convey from Joun to Khalde

without undue head loss. These are:

- A pipeline following the hydraulic gradient around the hillsides –knows as the “hillside

Route”;

- A tunnel through the hills following the hydraulic gradient with inverted siphons or pipe

bridges to cross valleys as necessary; and

- A low elevation, high pressure pipeline following the coastal highway (which had

already been partially completed as far as Damour and was due to be extended

southwards).

The first option was ruled out immediately as being prohibitively expensive. The other two options were

carried forward to more detailed considerations in the 1994 feasibility study. The analysis was based on

two different routes and the coastal pipeline with three alternative pipeline materials. These are

discussed in sections ‎4.4.2.1 and ‎4.4.2.2

4.3.3 Water Treatment Options

It was proposed in the 1994 feasibility study that the water treatment should be designed to meet

European Union standards as minimum at that date. The new feasibility study (MWH, 2010) revises the

treatment process so that the new water guidelines and standards issued by the European Council and

also the World Health Organization (WHO) are fulfilled.

The hydraulic head limitations of the project assisted in determining the location and elevation of the

WTW.

In the 1994 feasibility study, 4 (four) locations for the WTW were considered, these are – Joun Adit, Jebel

es Sarris, Khalde and Ouardaniye.

The fourth site was selected mainly to allow gravity flow through and onwards from the WTW.

The detailed analysis of water treatment locations and treatment options are set out in section ‎4.4.3.




4.4 DETAILED EVALUATION

4.4.1 Location of Treatment Plant

Four sites were considered in the 1994 Feasibility Study. Their characteristics are summarized in Table ‎4-1.

Table ‎4-1 Characteristics of the four proposed WTW sites

NAME LOCATION SITE DESCRIPTION LAND

AREA

(HA)

EXCAVATION

COST ($M) IN

1998

LAND

ACQUISITION

COST (1998)

LAND

ACQUISITION

COST (2010)

Joun Adit 200m West of

Joun tunnel

Adit

In a valley with

steep slopes and

poor access

6.4 – 8.5 25.9 – 35.7

3$/m2 75$/m2

Jebel

es Sarris

1.5km NW of

Joun tunnel

Adit

Moderate cross

slopes with good

access but requiring

road relocation

4.8 – 6.4 8.3 – 11.4 25$/m2 100$/m2

Ouardaniye 5km NW of

Joun tunnel

Adit

Moderate cross

slopes and good

access

4.8 – 6.2 2.3 – 9.4 25$/m2 100$/m2

Khalde 25km north of

Joun tunnel

Moderate cross

slopes and good

access

4.8 -6.3 7.0 – 9.4 110$/m2 500$/m2

All four sites had similar foundation and geological conditions, and would require extensive rock

excavation. Approximate excavation costs were estimated in the 1998 EIA report based on required

volume and depth of excavation Cost of excavation at Joun and Jebel es Sarris turned be more

expensive than that at Ouardaniye and Khalde and thus effectively ruled them out.

Both Ouardaniye and Khalde sites were considered ideally suited for the construction of the WTW.

The Khalde site is ideal in terms of elevation (to suit an entirely gravity project), space, and topography

(a reasonably gently sloping site). However, expansion of the city over years has made it relatively

expensive in terms of land purchase cost, and plots in Khalde area are being sold for private housing

development. The prime benefits of this site are:

- The close proximity to Beirut where the water is needed; and

- The reduced risk of pollution of treated water en route from Joun by sitting the plant as

close as possible to Beirut.

The Ouardaniye site offers the same essential requirements of appropriate elevation, sufficient area

and suitable topography. The prime benefits of this site are that it is:

- Considerably cheaper than Khalde in terms of current land values (US$100/m2 against

US$500/m2);

- As easily accessible as the Khalde site on completion of the coastal highway; and




- Able to serve the coastal communities between Ouardaniye and Beirut from the main

transmission line between the two. This would be particularly simple in the case of the

Pipeline Option and achievable in the case of Tunnel Option 2 (see below) through

connection at the Damour Valley and other valley crossings.

4.4.2 Means of Transmission

Tunnel options (see Figure ‎4-1) were developed and evaluated to suit potential WTW sites:

- Tunnel Option 1: Tunnel form Joun to possible Khalde WTW; and

- Tunnel Option 2: Tunnel from Joun to possible Ouardaniye WTW plus tunnel from

Ouardaniye WTW to Khalde

A potential benefit of the pipeline option was that, provided that the water in the pipeline had been

treated, it would be comparatively simpler to connect to it for supplies to coastal communities en route

to Khalde for treatment, a more expensive site for the works. For topographical reasons a pipeline from

Joun to Ouardaniye was impractical; this section must be tunneled. Only one pipeline option was

therefore investigated:

- Pipeline Option: Tunnel from Joun to Ouardaniye WTW plus coastal pipeline from

Ouardaniye WTW to Khalde.

4.4.2.1 Considerations for Tunnel Alignment and Construction

The tunneled options have additional advantages. Tunneling through the hills permits the shortest route

towards the end point of the project. The tunnel is also able to follow the hydraulic gradient line with

less design constraints, with the exception of deep valley crossings. Due also to the minimum

economical size of a tunnel (determined as 2.8m internal diameter in the 1994 feasibility study), the

tunneled options also provide additional capacity for any future expansion, and some degree of

storage within the tunnel space itself. Most importantly, the tunneled solutions have a significantly

smaller surface disruption footprint.

In both tunnel options mentioned above, the alignments were selected to assure, as much as possible,

a straight drive on a uniform free-draining gradient in the direction of flow. Both routes deviate

eastward from the most direct alignment in order to pass under the many deep valleys, while

maintaining a minimum cover of 10m to allow for superficial deposits in the valley bottoms. This also

allowed for an adequate safety margin, assuming that a larger tunnel be adopted because of the

specific viability of a larger tunnel boring machine (TBM).

Consideration of the construction methods of the tunnels reviewed the options of drill and blast against

TBMs. The latter were considered more viable because of the lengths of the drives, because they would

give rise to smaller quantities of excavation, and since they would require the use of less concrete for

lining. TBM would also enable much more rapid progress to be made, with a consequent overall

reduction in the construction time. Drill and blast would only be used in establishing the TBMs in the first

100m of each drive.

Option 1 would give rise to significant quantities of soil at the start of the tunnel drives at the Joun and

Khalde with a smaller amount at Damour, whereas Option 2 would result in most spoil at Ouardaniye

and Khalde and a lesser amount at Joun and Damour.




The tunnels would be lined with concrete and an impervious membrane to prevent leakage in either

direction. The tunnels will be drilled entirely through limestone, some of which is karstic. However, all

proposed tunnel sections are above water table and hence groundwater is not expected to cause

any problem while drilling. A steel liner with mortar lining was proposed in the shafts and bottom section

of the Damour crossing, as well as sections with minimal ground cover (such as the valley crossings and

the first and last 100m of horizontal drive from the natural ground surface).

Consideration was given to the need to provide a separate 25mm thick internal lining to the tunnel

from Ouardaniye WTW to Khalde in Option2 as it would be conveying treated water. However, the

external impermeable membrane already proposed as part of the tunnel structure was considered

adequate to prevent infiltration of contaminated water. After initial wetting, any contamination from

the concrete itself was considered not to be significant and therefore need for special protection was

deemed unnecessary.

Several factors had to be taken into consideration in the tunneled concept, such as the method for

crossing deep valleys (pipe bridges, inverted siphons, etc). It was determined during the options

development that a tunneled inverted siphon would be best, in order to maintain the integrity of the

tunneled solution. The tunnel alignment was adjusted in designs developed in 2001 to minimize the

inverted siphon drops.

The alternatives of constructing this crossing using deep trench excavation (involving a river diversion)

or tunneling were evaluated. IT was considered unlikely to be viable to set up TBMs for the two short

lengths of low level tunnel linking the vertical legs of the siphon to the crossing (only 900m and 400m

respectively on north and south sides). Drill and blast were therefore envisaged to be used at this

location.

4.4.2.2 Considerations to Pipeline

The use of the coastal highway as a route for the pipeline from Ouardaniye to Khalde is based on

planned provision of service roads on either sides of the main carriageway. Land has already been

acquired for these and the pipeline could be located under them without the need for additional land

purchase, and without the severe disruption of traffic which construction in the existing carriageway

would bring.

The pipeline option has some critical technical disadvantages. These are listed below:

- Security concerns given that an exposed rural pipeline would be very obviously

vulnerable to tampering and intentional acts of damage or foreign aggression;

- Exposure to damage from Seismic activity given that the pipe route is through

seismically active zone;

- High pressure of the pipelines (+25 bar rating requirement) due to elevation differences

could result in very severe consequences in the event of a pipe burst. Any failure in

one pipe could damage the adjacent pipe (of the twin pipes), causing complete

cessation of service. Pipe failure would also threaten local infrastructure including the

coastal freeway and adjacent properties and endanger residents;

- Extensive expropriations and service corridor requirements particularly given strong

urban development especially towards the end of the pipe route; and




- Aesthetic and Environmental implications due to the extensive construction through

rural and natural areas.

Three materials (steel, ductile iron and pre-stressed concrete) were identified as feasible for the use of

the pipeline option and were therefore further evaluated by addressing issues such as flow regulation,

surge control, leakage control, corrosion and durability, and the different construction methods and

operational problems which could result.

Concrete pipes were the cheapest option as they were evaluated taking into consideration the

potential for local production. However their bursting failure mechanism (sudden brittle failure) deemed

them undesirable for the proposed application. The non-brittle Steel and Ductile Iron pipes proved

technically more appropriate given that they would exhibit puncture and leakage type failure

mechanisms which could be controlled and would not cause catastrophic failure. Steel & iron pipes

therefore adequately address the third point of the disadvantages of pipelines as listed above. They

are however, more costly even without considering the cost of extensive expropriations and land

acquisition. They also remain vulnerable to the remaining concerns regarding pipeline options.

4.4.2.3 Access Roads

Based on the proposed use of the TBMs for the main tunnel drives, Option 1 would require the

construction of temporary access roads to the working areas at El Labbiye on the southern side of the

Damour Valley and to Joun. Access to the Khalde WTW and to the tunnel working site would be via

existing roads.

In addition to the upgraded permanent access road to the proposed site of the Ouardaniye WTW,

Option 2 would require the construction of access roads to the adit at the low point of the siphon in

Wadi Abou Yabes between Joun and Ouardaniye, and to EL Labbiye on the southern side of the

Damour Valley. Upgraded existing roads would be used for access to the working sites at the other

locations.

The Pipeline Option also required a temporary access road to the adit at the low point of the siphon in

Wadi Abou Yabes between Joun and Ouardaniye and an upgraded permanent access road to the

proposed site of the Ouardaniye WTW.




Figure ‎4-1 Altenartive Scheme Options




4.4.3 Water Treatment Process

The ability to achieve a guideline value within a drinking-water supply depends on a number of factors,

including:

The concentration of the chemical in the raw water;

Control measures employed throughout the drinking-water system;

Nature of the raw water (groundwater or surface water, presence of natural background and

other components); and

Treatment processes already installed (if any).

A qualitative ranking of treatment processes based on their degree of technical complexity is given in

Table ‎4-2 below. The higher the ranking, the more complex the process is in terms of plant and/or

operation. In general, higher rankings are also associated with higher costs.

Table ‎4-2 Ranking of Treatment Processes

RANKING TREATMENT PROCESSES

1 Simple Chlorination

Plain filtration (rapid sand, slow sand)

2 Pre-Chlorination plus filtration

Aeration

3 Chemical Coalgulation

Process optimization for control of disinfection by-products

4 Granular activated carbon (GAC)

Treatment ion exchange

5 Ozonation

6 Advanced Oxidation Processes

Membrane treatment

The approach taken in defining the required treatment process was oriented towards the necessity of

treating variable raw water quality due to seasonal changes. During the summer months of dry season

the raw water is suitable for direct filtration whereas during the winter months, coagulation, flocculation

and sedimentation will be required. For this purpose, the previously proposed design allows this unit to

be bypassed and to be fed directly to filtration. Micro-coagulation and flocculation have also been

foreseen during direct filtration. The preliminary design report defines the treatment scheme as:

- Coagulation;

- Flocculation;

- Sedimentation;

- Ozone oxidation (defined to be implemented in the future);

- 2nd stage coagulation/flocculation;

- Rapid sand filtration;

- Final disinfection;




- pH adjustment;

- Ammoniation;

- Sludge to be disposed to the wadi or to the sea;

- Dirty backwash collection.

The above scheme was revised in the new feasibility study mainly to fulfill the Lebanese standards of

drinking water and those of the European Union and the World Health Organization. This is addressed in

details in section ‎3.4.3of the Project Description

4.4.3.1 Sludge Disposal

An assessment of a wide range of sludge disposal options was made. These are summarized in the

following table:

Table ‎4-3 Sludge Disposal Alternatives

OPTION SUB-OPTION

A. Marine Disposal

1. Transport of raw sludge by terrestrial pipeline

westwards to the mid-point of Ouardaniye Bay, plus

about 2.4 km submarine pipeline to 30m water

depth.

2. Transport of raw sludge by terrestrial pipeline west-

south-west to Ras Sahare, plus 900m submarine

pipeline to 30m water depth.

B. Disposal at the Ras Damour Power

Station.

1. Dewatering of raw sludge at the WTW; transport of

dewatered sludge by truck to the Power Station and

incineration at the latter.

2. Transport of raw sludge by pipeline to the Power

Station; dewatering and incineration at the latter.

3. Transport of raw sludge by pipeline to the Power

Station; injection into cooling water outfall.

C. Disposal at a nearby cement plant.


dewatered sludge by truck to the cement plant.

2. Transport of raw sludge by pipeline to the cement

plant; dewatering and incineration at the latter.

D. Disposal to local quarries, with possible

re-use thereafter.


dewatered sludge by truck to the quarry and use is

for restoration.


dewatered sludge by truck to the quarry. Buffer

storage there, with later use in road construction.

E. Disposal to landfill


dewatered sludge by truck to an existing landfill.

2. Development of a purpose-built contained landfill to

accept the sludge. Dewatering of raw sludge at the

WTW; transport of dewatered sludge by truck to the

landfill.

F. Disposal to agricultural land.


dewatered sludge by truck to the application site.

Application by surface spreading.

2. Transport of raw sludge by truck to the application

site. Application by sub-surface injection.

G. Return the raw sludge to Joun.

1. Return of raw sludge by pipeline to Joun and

injection into the flows upstream of the existing off-

take.

2. Return of raw sludge by pipeline to Joun and

injection into Awali River, downstream of the Joun

works.

Option D was selected by the designer as the most viable option which is the disposal of sludge to

restore local quarries (e .g. the small quarry west of the Ouardaniye WTW) with possible future use of the




sludge as a construction material represented the best option for sludge disposal, provided that care

will be taken to avoid groundwater contamination. Since this is might still have implications in

groundwater quality, it is better recommended to dispose the sludge into engineered landfills.

A detailed consideration of this evaluation is given in Appendix D.

Option Evaluation

From the above discussed options of transmission and treatment plant location, five overall project

options were identified Table ‎4-4. These were evaluated based on:

- Cost

- Security

- Durability

- Maintenance

- Operation flexibility

- Storage (surplus capacity in tunnel)

- General environmental impact; and

- Potential for future expansion.

Table ‎4-4 Overall Project Options

OPTION OPTION NAME DESCRIPTION

1 Tunnel 1 Tunnel form Joun direct to a WTW at Khalde with pipeline transfer to

reservoirs in Beirut

2 Tunnel 2 Tunnel form Joun direct to Khalde via a WTW in Ouardaniye, with

pipeline transfer to reservoirs

3 Concrete Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by concrete


4 Ductile Iron Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by ductile iron


5 Steel Pipeline Tunnel from Joun to a WTW at Ouardaniye thence by steel pipeline to

Khalde with pipeline transfer to reservoirs in Beirut

4.4.4 Cost

It is concluded from the update feasibility study that the cost of the tunnel option project is today at

US$ 278.9M, while the cost of the best coastal pipeline option is estimated at US$ 325.5M. These

estimates exclude land acquisition costs; however include contingencies, design costs, and site

supervision cost. The increase in estimated cost compared to the 1994 estimate can be attributed to

the following:

- Project Scope expansion to include two new reservoirs at Hadath and Hazmieh and

associated pipe work.

- Natural Economic Inflation.

As illustrated above, the tunneled option with WTW located at Ouardaniye remains the most

technically and economically superior option at the present time. This is the option selected by the 1994

feasibility study, and which was later progressed to design and tendering in 2001. Many of the same




factors that justified this option in 1994 are even more compelling now than they were at the time of

the original feasibility study, due to rapid urbanization in the project area over the last 16 years.

4.4.5 Security

In terms of security, a tunnel is less vulnerable than a pipeline and is better able to withstand

earthquakes. Although velocity limiting valves will be installed on pipeline to shut down in the event of a

major failure, the high pressure at which it would operate poses a damage risk to the highway and

adjacent property (as well as to highway users). Supply disruption during emergency repair would be

significant. Pre-stressed concrete would be more at risk than steel or ductile iron owing to its greater

susceptibility to a sudden burst failure and the fact that the required diameter/pressure combination is

on the limit of current manufacturing technology.

4.4.6 Maintenance

A planned internal inspection of the system every five years is envisaged. All options contain a tunnel

element, and a planned 2 day shutdown is therefore a common feature. A pipeline is more susceptible

to unforeseen maintenance but twinning provides some operational flexibility.

4.4.7 Operational Flexibility

The tunnels for this project cannot be constructed economically at less than about 3m diameter as it is

difficult to remove spoil or bring in concrete for the lining with less working space. Hydraulically, the

tunnels will therefore be oversized. The spare capacity can, however, be used to advantage as there is

shortage of reservoir capacity in Beirut. Alternatively, increasing water demand may eventually

necessitate future expansion of the project to supply 9m3/s. the tunnel options will accommodate both

these aspects.

4.4.8 Environmental Impact

Environmentally, it was judged in the feasibility study that the construction of the pipeline option would

have a greater adverse impact than both tunnel options.

4.5 SELECTION OF PREFERRED OPTION

Option Tunnel 2 was preferred for the following reasons:

- Lowest overall cost

- Greatest security in terms of:

- Least vulnerability to deliberate damage

- Best resistance to earthquakes

- Least risk of leakage and consequential damage

- Greatest durability and design life

- Lowest maintenance requirements (and thus minimized supply disruption)

- Easier to supply the coastal strip from Ouardaniye WTW rather than a Khalde WTW

- Spare hydraulic capacity available:

- To supplement inadequate reservoir capacity in Beirut




- To allow for future expansion of required; and

- Least environmental impact during construction


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE


5. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The baseline data presented in this section were reproduced based on desk studies and the use of

available information in the initial EIA study (Montgomery Watson, 1998) except for the noise,

ecological and socio-economic parts for which ELARD team has conducted extensive field surveys

to gather relevant updated data.

5.2 CLIMATE AND AIR QUALITY

The Awali project covers an area that extends from the hillsides of western Lebanon, to the south of

Beirut. An onshore south-westerly wind from the adjacent Mediterranean Sea affects this area most

of the year. The high reconstruction activities and the high levels of traffic movements in Beirut and its

suburbs are causing poor atmospheric quality conditions in this area.

The Climate conditions in this area are those of a typical eastern Mediterranean climate; the rainfall

is low and restricted to the period between November and March, and the temperatures are high in

summer, but the area is not subject to the cold winter that occurs in Lebanese mountains.

5.3 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL

5.3.1 Data Collection

Noise level measurements were conducted by ELARD team to capture to the extent possible the

baseline noise levels at different locations of the project, with due consideration of activities with

potential noise generation as well as location of possible sensitive receptors. Table ‎5-1 shows the

locations where noise levels were measured, the date and time of the measurements, duration of

measurement in addition to some relevant comments. The noise measurements were conducted

using a Lutron Sound Level Meter (Figure 1), SL-4010 with accuracy of +/- 0.1dB. The timings of the

measurements were selected in a way to be representative for the location. For instance, in

Ouardaniye, where there are currently several sources of noise generation (primarily from existing

traffic), three time ranges were selected (off-peak early morning, noon, and afternoon), whereas in

other more remote locations, one time period was assumed to be sufficient to depict average noise

levels in the area.




Table ‎5-1 Noise Level Monitoring Locations and Methodology

LOCATION NOISE MEASUREMENT SURVEY TYPE ANTICIPATED NOISE GENERATION POTENTIAL/SENSITIVE

RECEPTORS

DATE TIME INTERVAL

Ouardaniye

WTW

17.04.2010 6:59AM – 10:10 AM 10-minute intervals with noise

levels recorded every 1

minute

Noise is expected to be generated

during WTW construction and

operational phases.

11:30 AM– 1:00 PM

4:40 – 7:00 pm

Nahr el Damour

Siphon/Washout

15.04.2010 6:55 AM– 9:00 AM 5-minute intervals with noise


minute

Minor concern of noise. Noise

generated from the construction

phase only.

Khalde Distribution

/Connection Chamber

14.04.2010 6:42 AM– 9:00 AM 10-minute intervals with noise


minutes



phase.

Hadath 90

Reservoirs

16.04.2010 7:00 AM– 7:43 AM

10-minute intervals with noise


minute



phase.

Hazmieh 90 Reservoirs 16.04.2010 8:17 AM – 9:17 AM 10-minute intervals with noise


minute



phase.




Figure ‎5-1 Noise measurements at the Khalde distribution and connection chambers

While all locations are expected to affect ambient noise levels during construction, the only source of

noise during the operational phase is the water treatment works (WTW) in the Ouardaniye village.

The Nahr el Damour washout and Khalde distribution chamber were surveyed in the morning for two

hours. Hadath 90 and Hazmieh 90 reservoirs were surveyed in the morning for one hour each because

they are close to a major army barracks and to the presidential palace respectively, and army patrols

would not allow a longer survey to be conducted, although more periods of measurements during the

day would better depict noise levels particularly in Hazmieh 90 location, which is close to a major

highway.

For the most part of the study area, the landscape along the water tunnel route is generally limestone

rocks of the Sannine Formation (Cenomanian age). The terrain is unlikely to have any considerable

effect on transmission of noise during construction. The construction works on the portals, washouts and

chambers is likely to cause some increase in noise levels only during the construction phase; after

construction is completed, noise levels should return to current ambient levels.

5.3.2 Results

Ouardaniye WTW

The Ouardaniye site lies about 1 km from Ouardaniye village, south of the Sibline Cement Factory,

between the valleys of Ouadi Aabaid and Saquiet Ouadi Baraz. The average noise level in the

Ouardaniye WTW is 52dBA, with maximum values reaching up to 72dBA and minimum being 43dBA.

Higher values are mainly associated to passing traffic, mosques call for prayer, air traffic and the local

Sibline Cement Factory which is nearby on the opposite side of the valley.

Damour Washout

The Damour washout site lies between the Mhanna restaurant and the bridge south of Damour River.

The average noise level in the Nahr el Damour Siphon/Washout is 66 dBA, with maximum reaching up

to 86 dBA and minimum of 48 dBA. Noise levels are mainly associated to the river flow and passing cars

and trucks.




Khalde Distribution/Connection Chamber

The Khalde site lies to the North of Deauville Hotel, facing a military base. The noise level measurements

were taken to the north of the site because it could not be taken in front of the military base for security

reasons.

The average noise level in the Khalde Distribution /Connection Chamber is 64 dBA, with maximum

reaching up to 88 dBA and minimum being 53dBA. Noise levels are associated to passing traffic,

helicopters, airplanes and splashing sea waves.

Hadath 90 Reservoir

The Hadath 90 reservoir site lies about 500m NW of the Warwar barracks and approximately 200m NE of

Regis Libanais building. The average noise level in the Hadath 90 Reservoir is 60 dBA, with maximum

reaching up to 82 dBA and minimum being 42 dBA. Noise levels are mainly associated to passing car

traffic.


The Hazmieh 90 reservoir zone lies about 100m south of Hypermarket Bou Khalil off the Siyad

roundabout. The average noise level in Hazmieh 90 Reservoir is 70 dBA, with maximum reaching up to

88 dBA and minimum being 55 dBA. Noise levels are associated to the proximity to a major highway.

5.3.3 Discussion

In any given setting, factors such as the frequency and magnitude of environmental noise may vary

considerably over the course of the day. With regards to the study areas, the proposed water tunnel

stretches primarily along residential areas with some construction sites or commercial activities or

located near a road and some rural residential areas. As a result, noise sources are predominantly

human based from passing traffic and some human activities such as aviation.

The existing ambient noise levels recorded near most of the tunnel portals and outlets averaged

between 60 and 65 dBA. Therefore ambient noise levels already exceed allowed noise levels as per

Lebanese legislation (Decision 52/1 of 1996) Table ‎5-2 . Therefore contractors and operators of the

project must take strict noise control measures to avoid significant impacts related to elevated noise in

the project area.

Table ‎5-2 National Maximum allowable noise levels and permissible occupational

Noise Exposure standards according to MoE Decision 52/1 of 1996.

REGION TYPE

LIMIT FOR NOISE LEVEL DB(A)

DAY TIME

(7 AM- 6 PM)

EVENING TIME

(6 PM- 10 PM)

NIGHT TIME

(10 PM- 7AM)

Residential areas with some construction sites or

commercial activities or located near a road 50-60 45-55 40-50

Urban residential areas 45-55 40-50 35-45

Industrial areas 60-70 55-65 50-60

Rural residential areas 35 – 45 30 – 40 25 – 35




5.4 GEOLOGY AND SOILS

The geological information in this section is mainly obtained from the Feasibility report by Montgomery

and Watson (1994) and from Geological maps (Saida and Beirut sheets) developed by Dubertret in

1945 at a scale of 1:50,000, and Lebanon sheet developed by Dubertret in 1955 at a scale of 1:200,000.

5.4.1 Stratigraphy

The tunnel passes mainly through the upper and the middle Sannine-Maameltein Formation of

Cenomanin and Turonian ages respectively. This formation is mainly composed of hard massive

limestone and dolomitic limestone rocks. Exposures of this formation cover most of the study area with a

total thickness of around 800 m. Only the upper part of this formation is exposed in the study area.

Conformably overlying this formation is the Chekka Formation of Senonian age. It is mainly composed

of thinly bedded soft marl and marly limestone rocks. It is mostly exposed in the areas surrounding Joun

village.

In the valleys, especially the Damour valley and in sporadic thin exposures, the above mentioned

formations are covered unconformably by Quaternary deposits mainly gravel, sand and sandy clay.

Those deposits are relatively thin except in Damour valley, were they are predicted to reach a thickness

of around 40 m (Feasibility Report, 1994).

5.4.2 Structure

Structurally the area is located few kilometers west of the Coastal Flexure which is the possible extension

of the Roum Fault (Nemer, 1999). The flexure extends from Chhim in the southern part to Baawerta and

Aaramoun in the central and northern parts of the study area respectively. The Flexure has steeply

dipping beds which gentles as we approach the study area. The general inclination of the beds in the

study area is around 20˚ dipping towards the west.

The tunnel passes through at least 6 secondary scale faults. They are the E-W and WNW-ESE faults. These

faults have both vertical and horizontal displacements with disturbed zones of up to 50m. The disturbed

zones are of highly fractured and brecciated rocks, with fine grained gauge and red clay material.

Examples of these faults are the Damour River Fault, Damour Village Fault, Barja Fault, and Dalhoun

Fault. The Damour crossing and Siphon cuts through the Damour Fault zone.

Other tertiary scale faults and fractures are present in the study area but their nature and effect on

such structure is not clear. Jointing of such hard limestone rocks is also not clear.

Recent seismic activities have been reported in the area. Evidence of such activity is from Bisri

earthquake in the 1956 with an epicenter located 4 km east of Joun village. The calculated magnitude

was approximately 5.8 (Feasibility Report, 1994). The expected ground acceleration in the area is

approximately 0.2 g (Harajli, 1994).




Figure ‎5-2 Geological Map (Source, Duberet 1955, 1/200,000)




5.5 WATER RESOURCES

The Sannine-Maameltein Formation is the major coastal aquifer in the study area. It is karstic in nature

with tertiary porosity meaning that groundwater is flowing mainly in fissures, fractures and conduits.

There are no permanent springs issuing from this formation except close to the coastal area and mainly

below sea level in the form of submarine springs (Feasibility Report, 1994).

The position of the water table is closely related to the base level which is the sea level and it gently

rises inland with a mean gradient of 11.5 m/km. The depth of the water table was determined from

groundwater wells (Feasibility Report, 1994).

It is believed that the proposed tunnel lays entirety in the vadose zone way above the water table.

However, water flowing from the surface in fractures, conduits, channels, caves and fracture zones is

likely to be encountered in more than one place along the tunnel with water discharging at a rate of

approximately 5 L/s (Feasibility Report, 1994). Dissolution cavities of up to 3 meters wide are also likely to

be encountered.

It is worth noting that dissolution and karstification in fractured zones along major and minor faults is

likely to be encountered during tunneling and this karstification has resulted in open and/or partially

filled large cavities with red clay and clayey sand.

Contaminated groundwater might also be possibly encountered during tunneling knowing that the

tunnel will pass underneath residential areas. Septic tanks are one of the possible sources of such

contamination. The tunnel also passes few kilometers down gradient from the Naame Landfill and

possible leaks from this landfill might be encountered during tunneling works.

This water quality has been addressed in ‎3.4 in the Project Description

5.6 LAND USE AND LANDSCAPE

The land use along the areas of the Awali project varies between the hills and the coastal planes. The

expansion of the coastal communities and the extension of the urban area from Beirut southwards also

affect the land use along the project areas.

Photographs in Appendix C have been provided to illustrate the nature of the landscape at the

locations of the various project elements.

The site of the Joun flow regulation structure lies at the side of a relatively steep valley. The only access

road that leads to the existing tunnel adit was done during former works for the already existing power

station tunnel. This road passes through terraced fields (some of which are used) and rough ground. An

old spoil heap also exists in the site below the adit from the previous works.

The Wadi Abou Yabes Washout site lies in an isolated hillside location. Large aggregates works with

associated polluting emissions are taking place at its lower end.

The proposed site for the Ouardaniye water treatment works lies in an open hillside location, gently

sloping to the west. It is formed of rough, stony ground with a small Wadi along the northern side.

There is no major residential activity in the site area but greenhouses are very common in and around

the site.

One frame for a house has been constructed at the site since this was first suggested as the site for the

water treatment works. The access road to the site will follow existing roads. The Wadi discharges into




Ouardaniye bay on the Mediterranean coast. This bay has a wide sandy beach, with rocky headlands

to the north and south and it is popular for recreational activities, including bathing, with associated

facilities being provided.

The inverted Siphon at Damour will pass under a deep, narrow valley. The Damour washout site lies in a

very beautiful area in the valley, just next to the river where two restaurants and a picnic space are

situated. Access roads to the shafts will cross virgin wooded hillsides.

The Khalde surge shaft and outlet portal sites also consist of open rocky hillside sites having a steep

slope to the west. They lie adjacent to the new, high quality residential properties of some two to four

stories.

The pipeline route from the outlet portal starts with a regraded, existing road, and continues along the

side of the new coastal highway.

The Khalde flow distribution chamber will be constructed on a derelict site between the new highway

and the old coastal road. Offshore, the coastal beach is used for some recreational activities.

The pipelines from the Khalde flow measurement, distribution and connection chambers to the

proposed Hadath and Hazmieh reservoirs will pass from the old coast road to the main Chouwaifat

road uphill to the reservoirs. The first 2 Km of this path consist of a busy, dual carriage way. The

remaining part of the path consists of a standard width road. This path is surrounded by residential and

industrial properties along its sides for most of its length.

The proposed Hadath 125 reservoir site consists of a terraced sloping valley, bordered by new

apartment blocks to the north, a military barracks to the south, and a church and cemetery to the

west.

The proposed Hadath 90 reservoir site lies on waste ground to the west of the military barrack and to

the east of a tobacco manufacturing facility (REGI).

Further north the pipeline would pass through increasingly high class apartment residential blocks,

generally along dual carriageways width roads.

5.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Field visits for 12 sites along the tunnel path were conducted on the 13th and 21st of April 2010 to

conduct rapid ecological assessments Table ‎5-3. At each site, existing plant species were recorded

and documented in terms of their local and global significance.




Table ‎5-3 Rapid Ecological Assessment Sites

NO LOCATION

1 Joun Regulation Structure

2 Washout – Wadi Abou Yabes

3 Ouardaniye WTW

4 Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout

5 Khalde Surge Shaft

6 Khalde Tunnel Portal

7 Khalde Flow measurement and sampling chamber

8 Pipeline – Khalde Portal to Khadle Flow Distribution Chamber

9 Khalde Distribution / Connection Chambers

10 Hadath 125 Reservoir

11 Hadath 90 Reservoir

12 Hazmieh 90 Reservoir

5.7.1 General Ecology

According to a study conducted by the Ministry of Environment (MoE, 1996), the 12 inspected sites are

within the Inferior Mediterranean or Thermomediterranean zones on a calcareous soil in the Carob-

Mastic series (for the majority of the sites), the Quercus calliprinos Webb. series (Nahr Damour

Siphon/Washout) and Pinus brutia Ten series for the Khalde Flow measurement and tunnel chamber.

The trees formation in the majority of the sites (Carob- Mastic series) take the form of garigues

composed mainly by Pistacia lentiscus L., Myrtus communis L., and less frequently by Ceratonia siliqua L.

This series is sometimes presented by Pinus halepensis Mill. and Pinus brutia Ten.

The first degradation stage of this series is composed by tall garigues dominated by Calicotome villosa

(Vahl) Link and in localized areas by Rhus tripartita (Ucria) D.C.

In areas that are more degraded, garigues of Poterium spinosum L. and Phlomis viscosa Poir. are

present in rocky places.

In Quercus calliprinos Webb. series, the tree formation is represented by Quercus calliprinos Webb. with

or without Pinus brutia Ten. In both cases Ceratonia siliqua L., Pistacia lentiscus L. and Myrtus communis

L. are relatively abundant.

In the Pinus brutia Ten series, the conifers Pinus brutia Ten., Pinus halepensis Mill. and Cupressus

sempervirens L. are the most abundant formation. Many other trees or shrubs are present. They include:

Gonocytisus pterocladus Boiss., Satureia thymbra L., Lygia aucheri (Meissn.) Boiss., Anarrhinum orientale

Benth., Cytisopsis dorycniifolia Jaub. et Spach. Etc.




5.7.2 Sites Description

As a part of this Environmental Assessment, rapid ecological surveys were conducted at each site,

following the scoping exercise for the specific elements where surface activities are considered. The

identification of the species was done according to the “Nouvelle Flore du Liban et de la Syrie,

Mouterde” (1966, 1970, 1983).

In general, the different places of construction do not affect any area of special concern, such as

those designated as having national or international importance (e.g. world heritages, wetlands,

biosphere reserve, wildlife refuge, or protected areas), or lead to the extinction of endangered and

endemic species; However very important plant species were found in some sites. An inventory of the

species found was made site per site. The inventory listed only the species pertaining to this particular

ecological stage and whose habitat corresponds more or less to the local settings. Many of the

identified species are ornamental, medicinal or edible in nature.

It should be mentioned that this report was prepared after a visit to each site (13 or 21 of April 2010).

Therefore the information presented in this section should not be considered comprehensive and

exhaustive. However it provides a representative overview of the flora biodiversity in each site.

Joun Regulation Structure

At this site, a chamber (22m*10.5m) will be constructed. This site is small in size and located at the side

of a relatively steep valley. This site is very degraded, with very common species including Calicotome

villosa (Vahl) Link, Poterium spinosum L., Phlomis viscosa Poir., Nerium oleander L., Inula viscosa (L.)

Aiton, Echinops viscosus DC. and Notobasis syriaca (L.) Cass.

Nearby, Anchusa aegyptiaca (L.) DC. species were found. This is a relatively localized species in

Lebanon. No significant impacts on biodiversity are therefore expected at this site.

Photograph ‎5-1 Joun Regulation Structure Site

Washout – Wadi Abou Yabes

Wadi Abou Yabes is a hillside where a huge quarry is found. The project is therefore taking place in an

already significantly degraded environment.




Photograph ‎5-2 Wadi Abou Yabes Washout Site

Ouardaniye WTW

This is the site where major construction works will take place. While the site can be generally described

as typical degraded garigues, several species were found and identified, including one specimen of

Rhus tripartita (Ucria) D.C. and one of Quercus calliprinos Webb, 5 species of orchids in large quantities

and many species of butterflies.

Given the variety of species found at this site, contractors should develop specific management plans

to minimize the impacts on these species. Further recommendations are provided as part of the EMP

Photograph ‎5-3 Ouardaniye WTW site

Some of the identified species found at this location include:

Ajuga chia Schreb., Allium neapolitanum Cyr., Allium trifoliatum Cyr., Anacamptis pyramidalis (L.) L. C.

Rich., Anagallis arvensis L. var. caerulea (L.) Gouan, Anagallis arvensis L. var. phoenicea Gouan,

Asparagus acutifolius L., Asphodelus microcarpus Salsm. & Viv., Briza maxima L., Calicotome villosa

(Vahl) Link, Campanula stellaris Boiss., Convolvus sp., Crataegus sp., Daucus carota L. subsp. maximus,

Eryngium creticum Lam., Filago arvensis L., Euphorbia thamnoides Boiss., Fumana thymifolia (L.) Spach,

Gladiolus segetum Ker-Gawler, Helichrysum sanguineum (L.) Kostel, Poterium spinosum L., Phlomis

viscosa Poir., Inula viscosa (L.) Aiton, Lactuca tuberosa Jacq., Micromeria myrtiflolia Boiss. et Hohen,

Notobasis syriaca (L.) Cass., Orchis sancta L., Orchis anatolica Boiss., Orchis coriophora L., Pallenis

spinosa (L.) Cass., Phagnalon rupestre (L.) DC., Phillirea media L., Pistacia palaestina Boiss., Pistacia

lentiscus L., Rhamnus punctata Boiss., Rhus tripartita (Ucria) D.C., Ricotia lunaria (L.) D.C., Serapias

vomeracea (Burm.) Briquet, Smilax aspera L., Stachys arvensis (L.) L., Stachys neurocalycina Boiss.,

Stachys distans Benth., Tamus communis L., Teucrium divaricatum Sieb. ex Heldr. subsp. villosum (Celak.)




Rech. fil, Teucrium polium L., Tragopogon longirostris Bisch. Ex Schultz Bip., Quercus calliprinos Webb

and Verbascum sp.

Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout

Photograph ‎5-4 Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout Site

The Damour Valley ecosystem has a rich variety of flora. In the river crossing at the selected site,

several types of vegetation cover composed mainly by Platanus orientalis L. (Oriental Plane), Alnus

orientalis Decne (Oriental Alder), Acer syriacum Boiss. et Gaill. (Syrian Maple), Pistacia lentiscus L.

(Mastic), Pistacia palaestina Boiss. (Wild Pistachio), Quercus sp. (Oak), Salix acmophylla Boiss. and Salix

alba L. var. micans And. (Willow) were found.

As seen on the maps, the inverted siphon at Damour will pass under a deep, narrow wooded valley

and the construction will take place in a relatively small area of the site.

During the site visit, only red highlighted areas in the figure were inspected; the owner of the restaurant

did not allow any access to the green section. The red area was much degraded; cement was

covering a large surface of the area and many cultivated trees and shrubs (Citrus, Eucalyptus, Melia

azederach, Punica granatum, Schinus molle, Hibiscus rosa sinensis) were planted. Many parasitic

(Orobanche) plants and the invasive Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle were found in this location.

Even though the sanded(?) area was very much degraded (mainly because of the restaurants), other

cultivated plants were found like Mirabilis jalapa L. Another interesting finding in this spot was what

could be the endemic Melissa inodora Bornm (There was no flower to be positively sure).

Unfortunately and as mentioned above, the green area could not be inspected. It consists of an old

bridge surrounded by many types of vegetation cover. Apparently the restaurant owner is using the

place under the bridge to provide some intimacy to special clients. According to the maps, this area

will be protected from any construction. As mentioned earlier in this report, a small area of this site will

be affected by construction. However special considerations should be taken by contractors to

minimize negative impacts while providing benefits to the area. For example, indigenous trees can be

planted and the alien species (cultivated trees and plants) can be removed, positively affecting the

ecology and ecosystems of this area.




At a distance of the Damour Valley, the 2 Washout locations that will be connected with the Damour

location were inspected. The first one (left picture 14) is a degraded land with no important impact on

the environment. The second location (right picture 15) a typical dense forest was found with very rich

tree vegetation. The entrance to this forest was difficult mainly because of the trees, but the following

trees and shrubs were identified: Phillirea media L., Calicotome villosa (Vahl) Link, Pistacia palaestina

Boiss., Rhamnus punctata Boiss., Rhamnus alaternus L., Quercus calliprinos Webb., Acer syriacum Boiss.

et Gaill., Ceratonia siliqua L., Arbutus andrachne L., Pistacia lentiscus L., Myrtus communis L., Ruscus

aculeatus L., Salvia fruticosa Mill., Cistus creticus L. and Cistus salviifolius L.

Even though no major construction in this location is planned, the contractor should be careful in the

set up phase and special care should be taken to avoid impacts to the trees

Photograph ‎5-5 Nahr Damour Washout

Site

Photograph ‎5-6 Nahr Damour Washout Site

Khalde Flow measurement and sampling chamber (site 7)

This was by far the most important ecosystem visited among the 12 selected sites. This site is on the Pinus

brutia Ten series, where the conifers Pinus brutia Ten., Pinus halepensis Mill. and Cupressus sempervirens

L. are the most abundant formation.

This location is characterized by the richness of its flora and the aged specimens of the trees found.

Contractors should prepare a management plan in a way to protect these species and minimize the

number of species directly affected by the construction works, even though construction footprint at

this location is relatively small.




The trees, shrubs and plants found at this site were mainly:

Pinus brutia Ten., Pinus halepensis Mill., Quercus sp., Pistacia palaestina Boiss., Rhamnus punctata Boiss.,

Rhamnus alaternus L., Ceratonia siliqua L., Pyrus sp., Phillirea media L., Calicotome villosa (Vahl) Link,

Salvia fruticosa Mill., Cistus creticus L., Cistus salviifolius L., Satureia thymbra L., Cytisopsis dorycniifolia

Jaub. et Spach., Ononis hirta Desf., Serapias vomeracea (Burm.) Briquet, Centaurium erythraea Refn.,

Ophrys apifera Hudson., Gladiolus segetum Ker-Gawler, Stachys neurocalycina Boiss., and Stachys

distans Benth.

As for the remaining sites (Khalde Surge Shaft, Khalde Tunnel Portal, Pipeline – Khalde Portal to Khadle

Flow Distribution Chamber, Khalde Distribution / Connection Chambers, Hadath 125 Reservoir, Hadath

90 Reservoir and Hazmieh 90 Reservoir), all are highly degraded and/or with no important floral

biodiversity. Most of them are located in urban areas with limited biodiversity.

Photograph ‎5-7 Remaining Sites




5.8 CULTURAL HERITAGE

A study was commissioned to determine the extent of the archeological sensitivity of the project area

during the old EIA study. Particular concerns had been noted in the Khalde and Chouwaifat areas

where the research and work was concentrated. It involved a review of published and unpublished

archeological material, a brief physical survey of the area and interviews with local inhabitants. The

following findings can be highlighted:

In the Joun and Ouardaniye areas, there are no known archeological or historical interests, as

would be expected in these rocky localities far from known former habitation.

At the Damour River crossing, there are also no known archeological remains, and no pottery

shards have been found there. The tunnel will be located downstream of the meeting of two

waters, historically a tourist location.

The most significant known archeological site is the Khan in Khalde area, located along the

coast by the end of the runway extension for Beirut airport. Much of the khan has been

destroyed by the urban development occurring in the area and the construction of the coastal

highway.

Three phases of occupation have been identified at this site – classical (Greco Byzantine),

Phoenician and Bronze Age.

To the west of the pipeline, occurs an extensive necropolis area that contains numerous tombs,

related houses, baths and associated facilities.

To the south of the pipeline route in Khalde is a byzantine religious complex, and there are

rumors of possible other former settlement in this area. There is no evidence of archeological

remains along the Khalde to Chouwaifat pipeline route, and this is confirmed by local

anecdotal talks.

If these areas are linked, then there is the possibility that classical remains could be found along

the pipeline route near the coast. However, the former housing and road construction in the

area would have destroyed most such remains (if they existed), and no evidence of

archeological remains was encountered in the trial pit dug in this area for the geotechnical

investigation for this project. It is concluded that this specific area contains little of

archeological interest.

At the Hadath 125 Reservoir site, cemeteries are situated to the west, across the local road.

There are no known archeological interests at the other reservoir sites or adjacent to the

connecting pipeline routes.

5.9 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

A socio-economic survey was conducted with the local authorities in the Project area to map the

demographic, social and economic baseline conditions at the level of towns and villages. This

document also seeks to identify how the Project‟s potential impacts might affect the identified baseline

conditions. In other terms, the purpose of the study of socio-economic baseline conditions is to present

a basis against which potential socio-economic impacts (whether positive or negative), induced during

and as a direct or indirect result of the Project activities, can be assessed.

Data for this section was collected through:

(1) a desk review and consolidation of publicly available information from previous reports and the

Ministry of Interior and Municipalities‟ web portal on villages,




(2) individual face to face interviews with local, elected leaders and stakeholders to corroborate

and supplement the desk review findings. The interviews were held with stakeholders in the

towns and villages which will feature construction works, whether for supply, storage and/or

distribution within the Awali–Beirut Water Conveyor Project,

(3) an intercept, random, researcher-administered survey with land operators, where main surface

structures will be constructed and whose lands will be expropriated accordingly, in order to

collect general information on their perceptions of the Project components and planned

outcomes, and

(4) a site walk-over along the planned pipeline through Khaldeh, Hadath and Hazmieh.

The tools used for collecting data for the field survey included questionnaire sheets with structured

questions for the interviews and land operator surveys, and photo shooting for visual documentation of

the visited sites.

During the surveying of local leaders and residents, data was collected on: (1) the locality‟s

demographic profile including age and gender distribution; (2) the availability of public and private

educational institutions and the overall level of education; (3) land ownership and land use patterns; (4)

socio-cultural practices; (5) livelihood and income-generating activities in agriculture, agro-food

businesses and industries, as well as industrial and commercial activities; (6) existing physical, public

infrastructures, resources and services, e.g. water supply sources and networks, power supply,

telecommunications, roads, sewage and solid waste disposal practices; and (7) development needs

and priorities relating to poverty, unemployment, sanitation, etc. Individual consent was sought prior to

any field data collection.

Furthermore, ELARD prepared and distributed a flyer (see Appendix H) that summarises the Project and

informs the resident population and stakeholders of the public consultation session. The public

consultation event was held on 12 May 2010. The issues raised in the public consultation are detailed in

Appendix I.

It should be noted that due to the lack of formal, comprehensive and consistent data collection and

record keeping processes on part of the interviewees, any figures contained within this socio-economic

baseline section should be regarded as estimates.

5.9.1.1 Areas relevant to the socio-economic assessment

The geographical scope of this assessment includes the areas that are directly affected by this Project

through the sub-surface and surface structures that will be constructed underneath or in the villages.

A standard survey instrument was developed to collect information of relevance to the socio-economic

assessment at the community level, especially with regard to livelihoods and standards of living

The study area is classified into two levels of concern:

1. The primary level which includes those villages and towns in which main surface structures are

constructed. These are summarized in Table ‎5-4




Table ‎5-4 Villages, towns and surface structures

VILLAGE/TOWN SURFACE STRUCTURE PLANNED IN THE VILLAGE/TOWN

JOUN REGULATING STRUCTURE

WADI ABOU YABES WASHOUT

OUARDANIYE TREATMENT WORKS

DAMOUR AREA TWO VENTILATION SHAFTS AND INVERTED SIPHON

NAAMEH RESERVOIR

KHALDEH

FLOW MEASUREMENT AND SAMPLING CHAMBER

SURGE SHAFT

OUTLET DISTRIBUTION CHAMBER

CHOUEIFAT RESERVOIR

ARAMOUN EL-GHARB N/A

BSOUS N/A

KFARCHIMA RESERVOIR

HADATH TWO RESERVOIRS

WASHOUT

WADI CHAHROUR RESERVOIR

BAABDA (INCL. BAABDA, EL FAYYADIYEH,

EL YARZEH, EL LOUAIZEH) RESERVOIR

HAZMIYEH ONE RESERVOIR

AL CHIAH N/A

BOURJ EL BARAJNEH N/A

HARET HREIK N/A




The secondary level includes those villages and towns that are crossed by the tunnel. These villages are

listed in Table ‎5-5.

Table ‎5-5 Villages and towns crossed by the tunnel

English name Arabic name District

Saraouniye صروويت Chouf

Mazraat El Barghoutiye مسرعت البرغىثيت Chouf

Sabonieh صابىويت Chouf

Jamailiye الجميليت Chouf

Wardaniye الىرداويت Chouf

Sibline سبليه Chouf

Maaniye معىيت Chouf

Ain El Assad عيه األسد Chouf

Barja برجا Chouf

Marj Barja مرج برجا Chouf

Ras Aalous راش علىش Chouf

Baasir بعاصير Chouf

Dabche دبشت Chouf

Haret Baasir حارة بعاصير Chouf

Halioune El Tahta حليىوي التحتا Chouf

Halioune El Faouqa حليىوي الفىقا Chouf

Baqoun بقعىن Chouf

Dahr El Mgara ضهر المغارة Chouf

Aaqline عقليه Chouf

Mazraat Er Rzaniye مسرعت الرزاويت Chouf

Daher El Aaqline ضهر العقليه Chouf

Mghaireh مغيري Chouf

Lahbiyeh الهبيت Chouf

Mechref المشرف Chouf

Baawerta بعىرته Aley

Haret Chbeib حارة شبيب Aley

Khaldeh خلدة Aley

Hadath الحدث Baabda

Hazmiyeh الحازميت Baabda

5.9.1.2 Description of the demographic structure

The Project‟s phases fall entirely within the Mount Lebanon Governorate and across three Districts

(Caza) – Chouf, Aley and Baabda. The project extends from the village of Joun where water is

abstracted and delivered to three reservoirs located in the urban settlements of Hadath and Hazmieh.

An extensive distribution network is planned to be constructed in the GBA to deliver the reservoirs‟ water

to the heavily-urbanised Beirut suburbs. Smaller reservoirs are planned to be constructed as part of the

main distribution network. These reservoirs will be located in Naameh, Aramoun El-Gharb, Choueifat,

Bsous, Kfarchima, Bourj El Barajneh, Al Chiah, Haret Hreik, Hazmiyeh, Baabda and Wadai Chahrour.




The areas crossed by the project are either rural or heavily urbanised. There are no accurate

quantitative data on the demographic and socio-economic structures in the villages and towns where

structures are due to be erected. However, a general profile of the whole Mount Lebanon governorate

is summarized in Table ‎5-6 to give the reader a general idea about the profile of the area.

Table ‎5-6 Demographic and socio-economic characteristics of communities in Mount

Lebanon

3 CAS, “The National Survey of Household Living Conditions” (The Multi-purpose Survey), 2004 4 Raw Data MoSA, CAS, UNDP, 2006a 5 CAS, “The National Survey of Household Living Conditions” (The Multi-purpose Survey), 2004

6 CAS- The National Survey of household living conditions - 2007

7 UNDP- National Human Development Report – 2008-2009 8 “Millennium Development Report”, Lebanon, 2003

GOVERNORATE OF MOUNT LEBANON

Percentage distribution of the population by gender (2004)3

Male 50.7

Female 49.3

Fertility rate 2 children

Illiteracy rate4

Male 4.5%

Female 1.48%

Total 7.51%

Education enrollment rate by age5

5-9 98.1

10-14 96.5

15-19 76.9

20-24 39.0

25-29 6.7

Percentage distribution of actual labour force (≥15 years) by economic

sector6

Agriculture 1.8

Industry 16.3

Construction 5.1

Trade 23.2

Transportation, post &

telecommunications 7.3

Services 43.3

Insurance; Monetary and

financial intermediation 2.9

Long-term unemployment as % of

actual labour force7 2.8%

Women‟s health care during

pregnancy (in 2000)8 98.4%




5.9.1.3 General findings on development needs

Interviews with the local authority representatives on the general socio-economic and livelihood

conditions revealed the extent of weakness in the infrastructure that provides water services to residents

in parts of the Chouf, Aaley and Baabda districts. On the overall, the sources of water for drinking,

service and irrigation purposes were varied, managed by different parties and did not meet the

consumption needs of residents. There is a proliferation of private wells and municipality-owned wells

that are used to supplement the intermittent water supply from water authorities. The depths of these

wells reach 400 m in some areas. Water distribution networks are in a poor condition. Some

municipalities have initiated repairs and installed new networks, but those remain the exception.

Wastewater networks are present in the area; however the coverage is not universal. A small

percentage (~30%) of households is not connected and continues to dispose of sewage in uncontrolled

septic tanks.

With the exception of the agricultural areas of Iqlim El Kharroub in the Chouf district and in the coastal

agricultural plains of the Damour and Naameh, agriculture in the study area is on the wane. Water for

agriculture is sourced from springs and private wells, as well as from the Damour River. It is well-

documented however that the coastal aquifers are witnessing increasing salinity. Another, equally if not

more important, pressure on agriculture is the urban expansion and a boom in construction in the hills

overlooking Beirut from the south and the flat areas in the southern suburbs leading to fewer agricultural

lands and non-built areas.

A rise in the standard of living and increasing population density place higher demands on the public

infrastructure and utility provision. Water shortages in these areas are commonplace, and the

population continues to adapt by tapping private sources, e.g. private wells. On the other hand, and

due to the block pricing system of water, households continue to pay for a largely unmet service,

whereby a subscriber annually pays for a 1m3/day provision, however water flows only 2-3 days/week

on average.

These general findings were concluded upon an investigation of the livelihoods and public infrastructure

in the villages and towns where the Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor will cross and/or deliver water through

small reservoirs. Although the project was first intended to deliver the Awali water to the southern

suburbs directly adjacent to Beirut, its planners have recognised that water shortages in the coastal

villages of Iqlim El Kharroub necessitate allowing for the abstraction of water from the tunnel to supply

those villages. Within the Project‟s second phase, small reservoirs are planned to be built to provide a

direct supply to the villages and their neighbouring localities. However, the weakness of distribution

infrastructure and lack of fully-functional sanitation services may delay or dampen the anticipated

benefits of augmented supplies.

5.9.1.4 Findings by village

The surveys and meetings conducted in the Project study area serve to provide a general overview of

the socio-economic situation in the localities which will host the Project‟s infrastructure. The survey

instrument used to hold structured interviews with local leaders and authority representatives is included

in Appendix G. The demographic and socio-economic characteristics and features of the ‘primary

level’ villages with planned surface infrastructure are portrayed below. Table ‎5-7 shows a general




description of the villages, including information on the educational infrastructure, socio-cultural

attributes and water and wastewater services.

Joun

Joun village lies within the district of Al-Chouf at 350-400m above sea level and over an area of 12 km29.

It boasts a culturally and religiously diverse community, a high literacy rate among its population and a

functioning local authority. General information on Joun can be found in Table ‎5-7. Specific

information on the area where the regulating structure will be erected is listed in Table ‎5-8. The

regulating structure is planned to be sited close to the Monastery Saint Saviour, which also operates an

adjoining high school, and close to the Damco Company, a producer of concrete building blocks. A

staff member of the Damco Co reported that the manufacturer abstracts water from a nearby spring

and uses septic tanks for sewage disposal.

In the Project‟s EIA, completed in 1998, the Ministry of Environment raised questions on the impact of

water abstraction on the operation of the Joun hydroelectric power plant and the resultant changes in

the delivery of irrigation water to Joun‟s agricultural areas (see Appendix B). This concern was also

raised at the public participation meeting on May 12, 2010.

A water flow of 3m3/s (out of an average flow of 25m3/s) upstream the Joun hydroelectric power plant

and into the planned tunnel is to be conveyed to Beirut. The diverted amount will not reduce the

power generation at the plant because this amount of water is a surplus, owing to the fact that initial

plans at the time of the plant‟s design and construction had accounted for this future diversion.

A walk-over survey of the lands and structures downstream of the Joun hydroelectric power plant was

conducted and interviews with river bank restaurant owners were held. The River‟s water downstream is

used to irrigate the agricultural lands adjacent to the river. The restaurants‟ operators did not foresee

any impacts on their industry from reduced water flow in the River, given that the height of water in the

river could reach 3 or 4 m.

The land ownership in the area is yet to be identified through a land survey to be carried out at a

future date.

Wadi Abou Yabes

The washout structure at Wadi Abou Yabes is located on the outskirts of the towns of Jamailiyeh and

Sabouniyeh. The nearest activity taking place is a stone quarry site and its associated building blocks

factory. The quarry site and plant obtain their water through a private well, drilled at a depth of 65 m,

to supply 30-45 m3 of water daily. The future location of the washout structure in Wadi Abou Yabes and

the nearby quarry site are shown in Appendix B and detailed in Table ‎5-8. Information on the village of

Jamailiyeh appears in Table ‎5-7.

Ouardaniye

Ouardaniye falls within Iqlim Al-Kharoub of Al-Chouf District. The structures for the Ouardaniye Water

Treatment Works will be located on the outskirts of the towns of Ouardaniye and Sibline, in the vicinity of

agricultural plots within the jurisdiction of Ouardaniye and overlooking the Sibline cement factory (see

9 Bou Maroun, P.M. “Joun: Bride of the Iqlim surrounded by the Awali Waters and an Orange Blossom Fragrance.”

Lebanese Army Magazine, Issue 239, May 2005. In Arabic.




Appendix B). All of the land lots directly affected by the project are privately owned except for one

plot (No. 561-560) which is publicly owned by the State.

The number of residents in Ouardaniye is about 4,000 living in small cement buildings of 1-3 floors. The

employment rate is high. Agriculture activities mainly take place in greenhouses where tomato is the

main crop, accounting for nearly 5-6% of the region‟s income. No common diseases were recorded in

the village. General information on the Ouardaniye and Sibline villages are presented in Table ‎5-7.

Regarding the infrastructure, all roads are paved and electricity is available through the national grid.

The town of Ouardaniye is not served by a sewage network and disposes of its wastewater in septic

tanks.

Contrary to the situation that prevailed in 1998 and which was highlighted in the previous EIA, whereby

an adequate water distribution network was missing, today two water wells found at a depth of 452 m

and 369 m10 respectively are used as the main water supply sources. The municipality distributes 1000

m3 of water per day via a network according to a specific schedule. In addition to this „official‟ water

network, up to 150 private wells used for private consumption are drilled in the village.

The municipality has a pending request, submitted in 2005, for the designation of a protected area

within the jurisdiction of Ouardaniye.

Al-Damour

Al-Damour is a large town of 30,000 registered inhabitants, but only one-third of the town‟s „citizens‟ are

residents, while only 1,000 households are occupied around the year, due to the displacement of

residents during the civil war and high emigration rate to urban centers. The town area extends from the

Damour agricultural plains on the coast up to the mountains and deep valleys through which the

Damour River runs. A fifth of the town‟s lands are agricultural with a total of 100 ha of cultivated areas –

mostly bananas and vegetables, which are irrigated from the River and municipality-owned wells. The

town‟s drinking and service water is derived from municipality-owned and managed wells, as well as

from private wells. A ventilation shaft is planned to be constructed to the south of the Damour River, in

an uninhabited area (see Appendix C). The mountains and valleys of Damour are touristic areas, with

restaurants and cafés scattered on the river banks. Further north to the ventilation shaft, a washout will

be constructed close to some of the restaurants. The owner of one of the restaurants reported the lack

of water and wastewater networks and the presence of four lined septic tanks at a 3m depth in the

restaurant‟s premises. Most of the lands are privately owned. General information on Al-Damour is

presented in Table ‎5-7.

Mechref

Mechref village is located north of Al-Damour and the Damour River and lies within the district of Al-

Chouf. It is regarded as a resort town with holiday homes. The main surface structure to lie within the

village boundaries will be a ventilation shaft south of the village and far from currently inhabited areas

(See Appendix C). Sub-surface structures will be passing right underneath the village. Land use, land

ownership and water infrastructure are issues that are yet to be examined in the Mechref village.

10 Their coordinates being (N 33° 36' 46.1", E 35° 26' 29.0") (N 33° 36' 56.2", E35° 26' 18.0").




Naameh

Naameh lies within the district of Al-Chouf at an altitude of 100m above sea level. The majority of lands

(98%) are privately owned and the rest are owned by the municipality. The village is witnessing a

construction boom whereby 150-200 building permits were handed out in the last three years. Currently

there are 26,000 residents in Naameh. Agriculture is practiced on 30% of the land in Naameh. The

major agricultural crops grown are vegetables, bananas and strawberries. Irrigation water is supplied

from the Damour River and from private wells. Most crops are irrigated using the drip technique;

meanwhile bananas are surface-irrigated.

Drinking and service water are supplied through Ain El Delbeh water authority, the Mechref wells

operated by the Beirut and Mount Lebanon Water and Wastewater Establishment, private wells and a

municipality well. Despite the variety of sources, the village reports a shortage in water. The majority of

households (80%) receive their water through a distribution network, which is however in a poor state.

The majority of households (70%) are connected to the sewage network.

Khaldeh

Khaldeh, which is considered as a residential and touristic area, falls under the jurisdiction of the

municipality of Choueifat in the Aley District. It is a coastal area that is rapidly urbanizing with 15,000-

20,000 residents living in cement buildings of 1-4 floors.

All the land lots which are directly affected by the project are privately owned and the village is well-

serviced with paved roads. A water distribution network runs through Khaldeh and is supplied from the

Mechref village. According to the head of the Choueifat municipality, the water pipes have all been

repaired this year. Also, several privately drilled wells exist in the village with a depth ranging from 30-60

m but water is slightly salty. Furthermore a sewer network is present and is connected to the collector in

Khaldeh. No common diseases were recorded in the area.

Khaldeh will be the site of several surface structures: a measurement and sampling chamber, a surge

shaft and a distribution chamber. The first two structures will be located near residences, and the land

ownership has to be determined. The distribution chamber will be located in a vacant land plot near

the highway (see Appendix C).

The head of the Choueifat municipality strongly opposed the Project for the following reasons:

As mentioned above, the water pipes have all been repaired this year and the costs incurred

were high. The municipality will not accept any errors that could damage the newly installed

pipes.

The land is rocky and it would be too difficult to pass pipelines or tunnels through it.

The idea of getting water from South Lebanon is not favourable and it would be preferable to

get if from Al-Kaleb River or to drill wells. He also proposed to establish desalination stations or to

even recycle water.

The old Saida road suffered from the density of ground-based extensions of different types and

will not tolerate any more pipelines.




Choueifat

Choueifat is a large urban town of 200,000 residents, spreading over 18 sq. km. It is also witnessing a

boom in construction, where an average of six building permits are authorised every month (over 200

permits in the last three years). Irrigation water for the little remaining agricultural lands is supplied from

springs and private wells. Water in the town is supplied through a municipality well and five public wells

operated by the Ain el Delbeh water authority, whose depths range from 30 to 200 m.

Aramoun El-Gharb

Aramoun lies in the district of Aley at 450m altitude. It is a predominantly residential village with 4,000

household units and 16,000 permanent residents. The village has rapidly grown in the past decade. In

the last three years, 120 building permits were approved. The water supplied to the village is sourced

from springs and a municipality well located at a 400m depth, in addition to a small amount from the

Barouk water authority. The village faces shortages in water, whereby water is supplied for 12 hours per

week. The existing water distribution network is in a poor state and does not reach all households. The

majority of households are connected to a sewage network, which however is in a state of disrepair.

Bsous

Bsous is a rural village in the district of Aley situated at an altitude of 450m above sea level. One-third of

the land is used for agricultural purposes, another third is forested land and the remaining areas are

built-up. The small village of 2.5 sq. km counts 600 household units, 3,000 permanent residents and 5,500

residents during the summer months. Agricultural areas mostly consist of olive and almond orchards

which are irrigated from harvested rain water through drip and surface irrigation.

Drinking and service water are supplied through a public well that is operated and managed by the

water authority, and distributed through a well-maintained distribution network on a daily basis. The

village is serviced a wastewater collection network covering 75% of the households. The remaining

households retain septic tanks for sewage disposal.

Kfarchima

Kfarchima is a semi-urban locality located in the district of Baabda between 100 and 250 m above sea

level and covering a land surface of 5 sq. km. Half of the land consists of built-up areas, and the rest are

divided equally among agricultural areas and natural areas consisting mostly of forests. The resident

population is estimated at around 20,000 occupying 2,000 household units. The municipality of

Kfarchima reports approving only 30 building permits in the past three years. The agricultural lands in

Kfarchima are used for growing vegetables and as olive orchards, and are irrigated from the local

spring through drip and surface irrigation techniques. The Ain El Delbeh Water Authority operates two

wells in Kfarchima and the water is conveyed to the residents by gravity and pumping through an aging

distribution network that has been recently replaced by a newer one, which however has not yet been

put in service. The village is served by an old wastewater collection network that is in a poor state.

Hadath

Hadath is a large urban centre lying in the Baabda District between 50 and 300 m above sea level and

covering an area of 5.5 sq. km. It counted 150,000 residents in 2002. Its low-lying areas are considered

an extension of the southern suburbs of Beirut. The area has witnessed a very rapid growth in newly built




areas and a concentration of new businesses. It is primarily a residential and commercial town with

some light industrial activity. It is home to many public service institutions, is well-developed and well-

serviced through road networks. General information on the town of Hadath appears in Table ‎5-7.

The town of Hadath is served through a municipality-owned and managed water distribution network.

The town receives its water supply from the Ain El-Delbeh Water Authority. It is also served by a

wastewater network.

Hadath will be the home of two reservoirs (see Appendix C). Both reservoirs lie in sparsely populated

areas; however, there are residences that are very close to the planned site of the new structures.

Baabda

Baabda is the Baabda‟s District centre town. It has a permanent resident population of 40,000 and

7,000 household units. The neighbourhoods of Fayyadiyeh, Louaizeh and Yarzeh fall under the authority

of the Baabda municipality. These areas are highly sought by property developers due to their

proximity to Beirut and their relatively secluded location. The Baabda municipality handed out 300

building permits in the last three years. Water is supplied from the Ain El Delbeh Water Authority as well

as from a well in Yarzeh that is operated by the Baabda municipality and is 350m deep. All households

were reported to be connected to the sources through a distribution network of average quality. The

majority of households are connected to the wastewater network.

Hazmieh

Hazmieh is a large urban area next to Hadath lying between 50 and 150 m above sea level over 3.05

sq. km. It has a resident population of 40,000 occupying 8,000 household units. Similar to Hadath, it is a

rapidly urbanizing area that is home to several public service institutions – such as the Ministry of Public

Works. It counts 6,500 residents and has a strong presence of bank branches (over 10 bank branches).

Its drinking and service water are supplied from the Spring of Daichouniyeh through the Ain El-Delbeh

Water Authority and distributed through a public network to all residents at a rate of 2-3 days per week.

The local authority representative, who was interviewed, reported quality problems and shortages in the

summer season. Hazmieh is served by a wastewater network. General information on the town of

Hazmieh is shown in Table ‎5-7.

A reservoir is planned to be built in Hazmieh in a vacant land plot (Appendix C). The land ownership

and designated land use have yet to be determined.

Chiah

Chiah is an urban locality with a high population density. Water is supplied to the estimated 7,000

household units from the Ain El Delbeh Water Authority sources. Residents do not consider the water of

drinking quality and prefer to buy bottled water for drinking purposes. All households are connected to

the distribution network which is reported to be in an average condition. All households are also

connected to the wastewater collection network.

Bourj El Barajneh

Bourj El Barajneh is a densely populated suburb right outside the city of Beirut. A total resident

population of 250,000 inhabitants dwell in 35,000 units built over 5 sq. km. Built areas take up 90% of all

the land area. Nevertheless, the municipality handed out 55 new building permits in the last three




years. Sparse agricultural lands can still be found with vegetables grown. Water is provided through the

Ain El Delbeh Water Authority sources, private wells and through private haulers to households,

especially for drinking water. A well-maintaind distribution network connects the public water sources

to all residents. The area is also served by a well-maintained sewage collection network.

Haret Hreik

Haret Hreik is another heavily urbanised, densely populated suburb to the south of the city of Beirut

covering less than 2 sq. km. Yet, it counts 25,000 household units occupied by more than 100,000

residents. It is served by the Ain El Delbeh Water Authority and receives its water from the Spring of

Daichouniyeh and private wells. A distribution network is present; however it is in a poor state and

covers only 10% of households. Wastewater and storm water networks are present and provide

coverage to all households and roads.




Table ‎5-7 General features of surveyed towns and villages

VILLAGE/

TOWN GENERAL DESCRIPTION LIVELIHOOD ACTIVITIES

EDUCATION, CULTURE, COMMUNITY &

PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE WATER & WASTEWATER SERVICES

OTHER

INFORMATION

Joun

Population: 7500-8000

Altitude: 350-400 m

Surface area: 12 km2

Land ownership: 20-30%

publicly owned, and the

remaining is privately

owned

Land use: 80% is

designated for

agricultural use

Agriculture: Olive groves; Citrus

orchards; Vegetables and Flowers in

greenhouses; the majority of

designated agricultural lands remain

uncultivated due to the lack of

irrigation water

Industry: Agro-food (Olive oil; Orange

Blossom water; Rose water; Carob

molasses); Manufacture of Nylon,

Tyres and concrete building blocks


High literacy rate (95%)

Two public & two private schools

Public Library

Afforestation campaigns

Sports facilities

Monastery of Saint Saviour


Old stone houses

One dispensary & resident doctors

Drinking, service and irrigation water is

supplied by the Barouk Water Authority

and distributed through a public

network

A public, municipal well supplements

the supply in addition to many private

wells in privately-owned lands

Small hillside reservoirs for rain water

harvesting


used

A land survey is

underway

60-70 building

permits were

handed out in

the last three

years

60% of the

population are

seasonal

residents

Jamailiyeh

Land ownership: the

majority is privately

owned

Land use: Residential and

commercial, no

agricultural or industry-

designated lands

Agriculture: Very little agricultural

activities take place

Industry: Quarry site and associated

building blocks factory


No public or private schools Drinking, service and irrigation water is

supplied through the Barouk Water

Authority and distributed through a

public network

No private wells were reported


used

A land survey

has been

carried out

Ouardaniye Population: 4000

Altitude: 350 m

Agriculture: Vegetable production in

greenhouses

Industry: A grain mill and building

blocks factories

Commerce: Restaurant/Café

One public & one private school

One dispensary

Water is supplied through public wells,

at depths of 452m and 369m, managed

by the municipality, which also

manages a distribution network

Up to 150 private wells are drilled in the

village


used




Sibline

Population: 1200

Altitude: 350 m

Land ownership: The


privately owned

Agriculture: Very little agricultural

activities, mostly vegetable

production, take place

Industry: Sibline Cement Factory;

Shoe factory; Chocolate factory;

Granite factory; Tarmac factory

Commerce: Swimming Club; Small

shops and garages

One public, one private & one

UNRWA-operated vocational school

One public hospital, one dispensary &

many resident doctors


Electricity & phone infrastructure

The Spring of Sibline

Water is supplied through public wells,

at depths of 350m and 260 m,

managed by the municipality, which

also manages a reservoir and a

distribution network

Private wells are also used

The Barouk Water Authority has not

supplied water to Sibline since the 1970s

A municipality-owned & managed

sewage network covers 85% of

households; the rest use septic tanks

70-80 building

permits were

handed out in

the last three

years

Al-Damour

Population: 30,000

Resident population:

10,000 (due to

displacement &

emigration)

Land ownership: The


privately owned

Land use: 20% are in

agricultural use

Agriculture: 100 ha of banana

plantations and vegetable

production

Commerce: Restaurants/Cafés; Small

shops and garages

Two public & three private schools


One dispensary & resident doctors

The Damour River waters are used for

irrigation

Drinking and service water are supplied

through municipal public wells and

private wells

A sewage network is present but is not

operational; septic tanks are used

A land survey

has been

carried out

Around 30

building permits

were handed

out in the last

three years




Naameh Resident Population:

26,000

Agriculture is practiced on 30% of the

land in Naameh. The major

agricultural crops grown are

vegetables, bananas and

strawberries. Irrigation water is

supplied from the Damour River and

from private wells. Most crops are

irrigated using the drip technique;

meanwhile bananas are surface-

irrigated.


through Ain El Delbeh water authority,

the Mechref wells operated by the

Water and Mount Lebanon Water

Establishment, private wells and a

municipality well. Despite the variety of

sources, the village reports a shortage in

water. The majority of households (80%)

receive their water through a

distribution network, which is however in

a poor state. The majority of

households (70%) are connected to the

sewage network.

The village is

witnessing a

construction

boom whereby

150-200 building

permits were

handed out in

the last three

years.

Choueifat

Resident population:

200,000

Little remaining agricultural lands

Water in the town is supplied through a

municipality well and five public wells

operated by the Ain el Delbeh water

authority, whose depths range from 30

to 200 m.

witnessing a

boom in

construction,

where an

average of six

building permits

are authorized

every month

(over 200

permits in the

last three years).




Aramoun El

Gharb

16,000 permanent

residents Little remaining agricultural lands

The water supplied to the village is

sourced from springs and a municipality

well located at a 400m depth, in

addition to a small amount from the

Barouk water authority. The village

faces shortages in water, whereby

water is supplied for 12 hours per week.

The existing water distribution network is

in a poor state and does not reach all

households. The majority of households

are connected to a sewage network,

which however is in a state of disrepair.

Bsous

600 household units, 3,000

permanent residents and

5,500 residents during the

summer months.

One-third of the land is used for

agricultural purposes

Agricultural areas mostly consist of

olive and almond orchards which are

irrigated from harvested rain water

through drip and surface irrigation.


through a public

well that is operated and managed by

the water authority, and distributed

through a well-maintained distribution

network on a daily basis. The village is

serviced a wastewater collection

network covering 75% of the

households. The remaining households

retain septic tanks for sewage disposal




Kfarchima

The resident population is

estimated at around

20,000 occupying 2,000

household units

Agricultural lands in Kfarchima are

used for growing vegetables and as

olive orchards, and are irrigated from

the local spring through drip and

surface irrigation techniques.

The Ain El Delbeh Water Authority

operates two wells in Kfarchima and the

water is conveyed to the residents by

gravity and pumping through an aging

distribution network that has been

recently replaced by a newer one,

which however has not yet been put in

service. The village is served by an old

wastewater collection network that is in

a poor state.

The municipality

of Kfarchima

reports

approving only

30 building

permits in the

past three years.

Hadath Population: 150,000

Industry: Light industries – Elevators,

towels, tiles

Commerce: Banks & shops


Four public, 10 private & two

vocational schools; three universities,

including the largest Lebanese

University campus

Two hospitals, three dispensarys and



Delbeh water authority and distributed

through a municipally-owned and

managed network


operational

Hazmieh Population: 6,500 Commerce: Over 10 banks and

numerous offices


One public & six private schools; three

universities

Two hospitals, one dispensary and



Delbeh water authority from the

Daichouniyeh Spring and distributed

through a network


operational

Bourj El

Barajneh

Population: 250,000

Surface area: 5km2

Altitude: 0-30 m

Land ownership: All lands

are privately owned

Land use: 90% are built-up

areas

Services: Commerce; traders; small

shops; petrol stations


Six public and numerous private

schools

Two private hospitals, many resident

doctors, health centres, pharmacies

and dentists




Table ‎5-8 Main establishments in the study area

NO. VILLAGE/TOWN STRUCTURE

GEOGRAPHIC SYSTEM

WGS1984 MAIN OBSERVED ESTABLISHMENTS REFERENCE

LATITUDE LONGITUDE

1. Joun Regulating Structure 33°34'49.27"N 35°26'18.95"E

DAMCO Company - building blocks company - located near a Greek

Catholic monastery known as Deir El-Mokhalless (Monastery Saint

Saviour)

Figure C1

2. Wadi Abou Yabes Washout 33°35'46.50"N 35°25'44.77"E Quarry and Building blocks factory Figure C2

3. Ouardaniye Water Treatment Works 33°37'1.31"N 35°25'3.83"E Sibline Cement Factory Figure C3

4. Damour Washout 33°42'4.20"N 35°28'15.54"E

Several restaurants were recorded:

Aoun Restaurant

Mohanna Restaurant

Safa Restaurant

Figure C5

5. Hadath Reservoir (at an altitude of 90m) 33°49'45.00"N 35°31'49.29"E REGIE Libanaise des Tabacs et Tombacs Figure C11

6. Hadath Reservoir (at an altitude of 125m) 33°49'46.07"N 35°31'55.66"E Saint George Hills Residential Project

Saydet Al Najat School Figure C10

7. Hazmieh Reservoir (at an altitude of 90m) 33°51'0.20"N 35°32'11.14"E The area around the reservoir is considered as a residential area which

includes several stores such as Supermarket Abou Khalil Figure C12

8. Aramoun N/A 33°45'46.28"N 35°29'16.99"E

Al Sa‟ed residential project; it is under construction and extends over a

surface of about 33 000 m2. It will include 15% of public spaces as well

as roads, parking and gardens.

Drinking water needs are supplied from both a private water well

running at a depth of 250 m and the regular water network

9. New Doha N/A 33°45'32.52"N 35°29'22.12"E Sky Tower Residential Project

10. Baawerte N/A 33°44'6.12"N 35°29'4.17"E Homes in Baawerte village

11. Mechref N/A 33°43'0.22"N 35°28'33.55"E

Carmel Saint Joseph school; it‟s worth noting that officials from this

school have expressed their resentment against the project and clearly

stated that they will object passing the pipelines beneath the school.

12. N/A 33°42'48.81"N 35°28'59.64"E Hariri Canadian University (HCU)

13. N/A 33°40'27.18"N 35°27'47.46"E Beirut Arab University (BAU)

14. Naameh N/A 33°45'1.75"N 35°29'30.20"E Naameh landfill


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT PUBLIC CONSULTATION


6. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Requirement for consultation with stakeholders, and particularly with local communities, was one of the

main reasons for conducting the update of the EIA study.

Public consultation is in line with requirements of the Lebanese legislation (Environmental Protection Law

No. 444/ 2002), the Lebanese EIA draft decree and the IFC consultation and disclosure requirements

(Guidance Note F).

This section sheds light on previous consultations as well as recent ones conducted as part of the

updated ESIA study.

6.2 REVIEW OF PREVIOUS CONSULTATIONS

In the course of earlier studies, Montgomery Watson had consulted key Government Ministries,

interested parties, experts of the local scientific community regional and local authorities and NGOs.

A seminar (workshop) was held on 15th of July 1997. This covered key project elements and route, the

methodology of Environmental Assessment and the main environmental impacts and benefits

identified.

A record of all meetings and consultations held by Montgomery Watson are given in Appendix I.

6.3 RECENT CONSULTATIONS

Lack of consultation with the directly affected local communities in the earlier EIA report posed a

necessity to target these in the updated study in aim to ensure that adequate and timely information is

provided to them and other stakeholders, and that they are given the chance to voice their opinions

and concerns.

ELARD team has coordinated closely with the Ministry of Environment to ensure to the extent possible

that the public consultation process is in line with MoE‟s requirements.

Based on an agreed plan with MoE‟s representatives, ELARD team has consulted potentially affected

local people and concerned Municipalities during the socio-economic survey. Interviews and

questionnaires are attached to Appendix G. This activity involved conducting interviews and surveys

through questionnaires with the communities and head of municipalities.

Project leaflets, prepared in Arabic, were distributed during the survey (Appendix H). These aimed at

introducing the project while serving as an invitation to participate in a public consultation meeting.

6.4 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION MEETING

As part of the scoping phase, a public participation event was held in the Lebanese University in

Hadath at the Institute of Fine Arts on the 12th of May 2010. Invitations were sent out to concerned

Ministries and Municipalities through official facsimile letters from the CDR. Local communities have on

the other hand received oral invitations during social interviews as well as written ones via the

distributed leaflets as mentioned above.

A list of the attendees is given in the attached minutes of meeting in Appendix I.




ELARD consultants presented the project details, potential impacts and mitigation measures in a 45-

minute presentation (Appendix I), and opened the floor for one hour of open discussions with the

attendees.

Various environmental impacts were discussed during the open session and some concerns rose up by

the attendees. These are documented in the attached minutes of meeting (Appendix I).

The two main serious concerns raised by the public are summarized in Table ‎6-1 with a explanation of

how the concern is addressed by the project proponents.

Table ‎6-1 The main raised concerns

CONCERN DESCRIPTION ACTION/ANSWER

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water Concerns were raised regarding the type and

magnitude of impact that could potentially

affect the natural flow of water in the Awali

River section downstream the Joun HEP after

retrieval of the required amount of water for

the Conveyor Project

There will be no direct effect

on the natural flow. This point is

well addressed in Section 7.6

Structural impact from TBM

activity

Concerns on adverse impacts on the structural

stability of the St. Joseph Carmel School were

expressed by the chairperson since the tunnel

is passing beneath the school.

CDR to provide adequate

geotechnical reports proving

that there will be no direct

impacts resulting from the

tunnel boring activity.

A second Public Consultation covering both components of the project was held for the purpose of

disclosing the results of the ESIA study on 27 July 2010 and has targeted the same audience including all

related stakeholders as for the first consultation. Minutes of Meeting of the above meeting are

attached to Appendix I.

The questions raised by the audience are given in Table ‎6-2below.




Table ‎6-2 Questions Raised during Second Public Participation

QUESTION/COMMENTS ADDRESSED BY ANSWER ANSWERED BY

This project was addressed in the 70‟s and faced many

obstacles especially political ones, one of the obstacles is the

fact that this project is taking the water to Beirut without

feeding the areas where the tunnel will pass.

Eng. Nashaat Hamieh -

Barja Municipality

The tunnel has openings all along to allow future connections

to water networks and supply the areas along the tunnel.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

If the 3m3/s was allocated in the 70‟s, is this amount

considering the increase in water need from then till now?

And is this amount enough to feed Beirut and the areas

around the tunnel?

The 3 m3/s can meet Beirut‟s needs, as for the needs of the

areas surrounding the tunnel the Awali project if one part of

the water project in Lebanon, the Bisri dam will shortly follow

the Awali project and both projects will meet the

requirements of Beirut and the other areas. The time

difference between the 2 projects is one year so we might

face a shortage problem for one year only.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

Is the Tunnel designed for 3m3/s?

Eng. Pierre Abi Rashed

– P.A.R

Consultants/Baabda

Municipality

The tunnel is designed for 9 m3/s.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

When will the Awali and The Bisri project start?

Ministry of Environment The implementation of the Awali Project will start in April – May

2011.

Bisri Dam will follow shortly

Ismail Makke (CDR)

Is Any Part of the tunnel passing on public roads?

Hassan Khawandi –

Ministry of public works

and transportation

The Tunnel will be underground (under private lands) whereas

the twin pipelines will pass under roads

Ismail Makke (CDR)




The tunnel of Nahr Ibrahim took 8 years of work although it

needed 4 years, what is the expected delay time for this

project?

Mme Khoury – Carmel

St Joseph School-

Mechref

The problem of Nahr Ibrahim Tunnel was the method of drilling

because the drilling was in different types of rocks.

For the Awali project the drilling will take place in one type of

rocks using TBM (Tunnel Boring Machine). Minor problem that

may occur because of underground unexpected issues are

the only things that might delay the project, but hopefully it

will end within its targeted time

Ismail Makke (CDR)

If we go back to the tunnel profile at what depth from the

surface the tunnel will take place and by how much sand it

will be overlain?

Pierre Abi Rashed –

P.A.R

Consultant/Baabda

Municipality

The tunnel will be drilled in rocky lands at a depth ranging

from 20 to 190 m. the lowest depth will be in the valleys of

Wadi abu yabes and Damour River where there will be some

gravel/sand.

Rashad Ghanem

(ELARD)

We are hearing a lot these days that the Qaraoun Lake is

polluted and part of the water coming to the Awali tunnel will

be from Qaraoun, so would this water be drinkable?

Elie Farhat - Kfarshima

Municipality

If we suppose that nothing is being done to treat the water of

the Litani river and it all arrived to the Qaraoun Lake

untreated, the water that will be taken from the lake for the

Awali tunnel will be mixed with water from Ain El Zarka, the

water passing under the Jizzine Tunnel and the water of Bisri

lake, so if the water started with a 100% pollution it will reach

the tunnel with 10% pollution, and then the water will be

treated in the Ouardaniye WTW, thus the water will be clear

and drinkable.

Furthermore, there is an ongoing plan to treat the water of the

Litani River, this plan is implemented by a set of Water

Treatment Plants that was built or is being built in Baalbak,

Timnine, Zahle, Job Jinnine, Saghbine and Qaraoun, some of

these started working and others will start soon.

Ismail Makke (CDR)




Who will follow up on the project while it is being executed

and afterwards? The problem is that the studies are always

very good but no one follows up afterwards. What about the

other areas outside Beirut? What about the Naame Landfill?

And what is the effect of the tunnel on the lands that it is

passing under?

Mme Khoury – Carmel

St Joseph School-

Mechref

The status of the Naame Landfill is a part of the national plan

for solid waste.

As for the Awali project, the ministry of environment had some

strict rules regarding the sludge and mud that will be

produced from the works, so these will be sent to the Naame

landfill as it is the only place available.

There is no effect on the lands that the tunnel is passing under,

because the tunnel is really deep.

As a proof all countries have subways that are much

shallower and do not affect the lands, so a tunnel that deep

should not have any effect. Another proof is that tunnels were

dug long time ago for the litany project and nothing went

wrong till now.

Ismail Makke (CDR) -

Mr. Nasser Nasrallah

(president of Friends of

Ibrahim Abd El Al

Organization)

The Awali and Bisri projects are related. The fact that the

Awali project took into consideration that more water will be

conducted through it is a guarantee that the Bisri dam will be

executed.

Both projects are crucial to provide water to Beirut and the

surrounding areas through openings along the tunnel for

future connections.

Kanan Lake is also a good source to feed the areas of Iqlim el

Kharoub and this project will be raised later on.

As for the Qaraoun Lake, a plan was set to treat and prevent

its pollution. The following water treatment plants are part of

this plan:



Ibrahim Abd El Al

Organization)




Qaraoun station started working

Saghbine and Jibb Jinnine stations will start working this

year, and Jib Jinninne covers the areas from Aammiq to

Ain el Zibde.

Areas from Ghazze to North Baaloul and Areas along

Rashaya will be also connected to the treatment plant.

Kob Elias, El Marj, Houch el harime, Bar Elias. Anjar and

Majdel Anjar will be also connected to el Marj Station.

Zahle and its surroundins will have a treatment plant as

well as Bednayel, Shmistar and Riyyak.

We can also note that during the summer, Qaraoun lake is

not polluted because farmers build small sand dams along

the Litany River to divert its water for irrigation purposes, so the

polluted water of the litany will not reach the lake, leaving it

clear and unpolluted. The problem occurs in the winter were

the rain destroys the small dams and bring the water to the

lake.

As for the follow up of the projects, Mr Nasrallah advised to

increase our awareness and participation, like what we are

doing in this meeting, so we can push the ministries and all the

concerned responsible to act.

Are the 3 m3/s of water that will be used for this project

guaranteed all over the year?

Mr. Abd El Rahman

Ghaziri – Beirut and

Mount Lebanon Water

Authority)

The critical time that the water is needed for is from April till

October and the Qaraoun Lake was always able to meet its

full capacity of 220 million m3 during this period. The actual

usage of the Qaraoun is of 60 million m3, and it will reach 120

Ismail Makke (CDR)




million m3 once project 800 starts operating.

So the water supply of the Awali project will always be

guaranteed.

There is a future plan that consists of using the Qaraoun water

for Agriculture and drinking a lot more than for generating

electricity.

On what basis the capacity of the phase 2 reservoirs was set?

Was it set in the 70‟s also or did it take into consideration the

future needs?

Pierre Abi Rashed –

P.A.R

Consultant/Baabda

Municipality

The time scope of the plans is 2030.

The 9m3/s that were planned for future use for the tunnel and

the capacity of the reservoirs can meet the increasing

demand for water for a sufficient time period even exceeding

the year2030.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

Will you use explosives in the drilling process? Did you do a

survey to the tunnel depth to check the type of material that

will be faced? The presentation mentioned around 88 tons of

sludge daily, will the Naame Landfill be able to accept this

amount and what is the alternative plan?

Mr. Adel Yacoub –

Ministry of Environment

For the overall project there will be no use of explosives, these

will only be used at the beginning of the tunnel to open an

entrance for the TBM Machine.

Surveys were done for the tunnel depth.

The materials that will result from the drilling will be reused in

the project, the remaining sludge or mud will be disposed in

the Naame landfill.

Naame landfill is receiving daily 2700 ton of solid waste from

Beirut and Mount Lebanon, so the 80 or 100 tons of sludge will

not have a major effect on the landfill capacity. Once the

landfill is closed (after 2 to 3 years) the sludge will move to the

alternative developed for it.

Mr. Nasrallah interfered and gave a comparison between

Ismail Makke (CDR) -



Ibrahim Abd El Al

Organization)




Dbayeh and the Awali project:

In Dbayeh the water is more turbid because it comes from

Jeita so it causes sedimentation in Nahr El Kalb. But in Awali

the sediments are already deposited in Qaraoun and the only

other place where the water becomes turbid is water coming

from Ain el zarka to markaba after the first rain. So water

reaching the treatment plant is not that turbid.

What is the time frame of the project?

The project should start in April/ May 2011 and should take 3-4

years to be completed.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

Suggestion: to use the water that will get out of the treatment

plant and the excess of the water in the tunnel to produce

energy.

Eng. Antoinette

Sleiman (Litani Water

Authority)

Is the Project going to take from the Water of the Damour

River were the 2 ventilation shafts are present?

The tunnel will just pass by the Damour River without using any

of its water.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

What is the Tunnel Composed off?

It will consist of reinforced concrete covered by stainless steel

for the treated water to pass in.

One of the obstacles that delayed the project was to agree

whether to do a concrete tunnel or pipelines, and the result

was a combination, a tunnel to khalde and pipelines to

distribute water from khalde to the reservoirs.

The tunnel is less costly then the pipelines.

Ismail Makke (CDR)




Wouldn‟t it cost less if the WTW was done near Beirut?

May be It will cost a bit less but this way we would be

depriving the areas where the tunnel passes from fresh water

and this was a major problem during the study of the project.

Ismail Makke (CDR)

How does the expropriation law work?

A legal session formed of a judge and real estate experts will

be held for each area that should be expropriated that will

take into consideration all the facts related to this area and its

surrounding and will issue a decision regarding the price of

the area to be expropriated in accordance with the

Lebanese expropriation law

Ismail Makke (CDR)


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT


7. ENVIRONEMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Project has the potential to create a range of impacts on

the environment. These potential impacts can be both positive (beneficial) and negative (adverse)

depending on the resources and receptors involved along with other parameters such as

geographical scope (magnitude and extent), temporal scope (duration) and reversibility.

It is anticipated that this project will have long-term term positive impacts on the economic sector,

employment (national scale), infrastructure and services, water supply and sanitation, environment

and public heath sectors among others.

The purpose of this chapter is to predict social and environmental impacts to the extent possible and

to propose preventive measures which will be incorporated in the Project design, construction and

operation. Actions will also be undertaken in order to mitigate, if not eliminate, the potential adverse

impacts of the Project to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP), and to meet international and

national Lebanese standards and regulations.

7.2 METHODOLOGY OF IMPACT EVALUATION

7.2.1 General Approach

The type/nature (positive, negative, direct, indirect), magnitude, timing (during design, construction,

operation), duration (short term/temporary, long term/permanent) and significance of impacts will

be assessed in this section. The evaluation approach implemented in this study is a Receptor-Specific

Analysis approach addressing the various sources of impacts from the project‟s different

implementation phases (construction, operation). These phases include tunneling activities,

construction and site preparation, trenching, backfilling, vehicular and equipment transport,

temporary access routes and base camps, excavation activities, hydro-testing, commissioning and

operation.

The analysis covers all potential fields of impacts and/ potential receptors:

Ambient Air Quality;

Soil, Landscape and Visual Amenity;

Water Resources (Groundwater & Surface Water bodies);

Biodiversity (Fauna & Flora);

Noise and Vibration;

Archeology; and

Socio-Economic and Public Community Impacts




The general evaluation process will include the following stages:

Step 1: Identification of project related activities (sources) and environmental aspects;

Step 2: Identification of potential impacts to the environment (physical, biological, human,

cultural);

Step 3: Evaluation and assessment of the related unmitigated impact significance;

Step 4: Identification of Best Practicable Environmental Options (BPEO); and

Step 5: Re-evaluation and assessment of the mitigated impact significance.

7.2.2 Impact Evaluation Pre-Screening Level

The screening methodology that is adopted for the purpose of this EIA comprises a preliminary

screening process followed by a more detailed secondary screening process.

The key issues identified were further investigated and evaluated based on planned project

operations including proposed activities, time duration, national Lebanese regulations and the social

and environmental baseline collected during the field surveys.

Given the data gathered by ELARD, the team channeled the results to a secondary screening

process.

7.2.3 Impact Evaluation Secondary Screening Level

The secondary screening level aims at analytically screening the wide range of possible sources and

potential impacts which were previously highlighted. This screening stage further assesses the impacts

in terms of their significance, reversibility, likelihood of occurrence and geographical and temporal

scopes.

In the secondary screening level, consequence criteria were ranked into six levels of significance

listed in Table ‎7-1. Then, the likelihood of the occurrence of the impact was rated according to the

criteria outlined in Table ‎7-2. Based on the level of significance, and likelihood of occurrence, the

significant risks (impact severities) are identified.

The assigned impact severity assessment was first considered assuming the absence of project

control and mitigation measures. Following investigation and presentation of typical and commonly

practiced project mitigations, the impact severities for the mitigated project activities are then

presented in Table ‎7-3

The assigned impact severity was derived from:

Round table scoring exercise by all team experts;

Results from analysis and calculations, where applicable;

Previous public consultation meetings outcomes; and

Scientific predictions based on experience of every team member in the field of his/her

expertise and from outcomes from similar projects conducted abroad or locally.




Table ‎7-1 Secondary Screening Consequence Level Criteria

CRITERIA CONSEQUENCE RATING

Changes that result in a net positive impact to an ecosystem,

environment or population. Beneficial

Short term changes in an ecosystem that are unlikely to

be noticeable (i.e. fall within the scope of natural

variation). Area of effect is restricted to the immediate

vicinity of the source.

Has no discernible effect on the environmental resource

as a whole and is likely to go unnoticed by those who

already use it.

Negligible impact to a site of social and/or cultural

importance.

1. Negligible

Minor adverse changes in a VEC. Changes will be

noticeable but fall within the range of normal variation

and be typically short-lived, with unassisted recovery

possible in the near term. However, it is recognized that a

low level of impact may remain.

Medium term impact (1-5 yrs) in an area that does not

encompass a VEC or whose impact is highly localized

within a VEC.

Long term impact over a discrete, small area which does

not support a VEC.

May be noticed but does not affect the livelihood of

those utilizing a resource.

Minor impact to a site of social and/or cultural

importance.

2. Minor

Moderate adverse changes in a VEC or area that

supports a VEC population. Changes may exceed the

range of natural variation though potential for recovery

within a few years without intervention is good.

Area of effect encompasses an area that supports either

a moderate or minor proportion of a VEC population or

ecosystem.

Long term (> 5 yrs) changes over an area which is not

considered to be a VEC.

Has a measurable effect on the livelihood of those using a

resource over a period of weeks.

Moderate damage to a site of social and/or cultural

importance.

3. Moderate

Long term or continuous impact resulting in substantial

adverse changes in a VEC, well outside the range of

natural variation. Unassisted recovery could be

protracted.

Area of effect is extensive and/or encompasses an area

that supports a statistically significant proportion of a VEC

population or ecosystem.


resource over a period of months.

Significant damage / impact to a site of social and/or cultural

4. Significant




CRITERIA CONSEQUENCE RATING

importance.

Massive impact over a large area resulting in extensive,

potentially irreparable damage to a VEC*.


resource over a period of years.

Massive impact over a large area resulting in extensive,

potentially irreparable damage to a site of social and/or cultural

importance.

5. Catastrophic

* VEC means Valuable Ecosystem Component, used to refer to components of the environment that are considered to

be of commercial and/or ecological importance.

Table ‎7-2 Likelihood Evaluation Criteria

LIKELIHOOD TO OCCUR CATEGORY SCORE

Impact is highly likely or certain to occur under normal operating/

construction conditions High C

Impact may possibly occur under normal operating/construction

conditions. Medium B

Impact is unlikely to occur under normal operating/construction

conditions but may occur in exceptional circumstances. Low A

7.2.1 Listing of Environmental Impact Severity

A single table “Environmental Impact Severity Matrix” was developed to review all identified impacts

during each phase of the Project after having determined the potential level of significance for each

impact while using the screening procedure identified above. Table ‎7-3 illustrates the impact

assessment severity matrix.

Table ‎7-3 Impact Assessment Severity Matrix

LIKELIHOOD RATING

A B C

CO

NSEQ

UEN

CE

RA

TIN

G

1 1A 1B 1C

2 2A 2B 2C

3 3A 3B 3C

4 4A 4B 4C

5 5A 5B 5C

LEGEND

Consequences Likelihood Acceptibility



mitigation


Unacceptable




7.3 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Emissions to the atmosphere of air contaminants will be released during Project activities. However

Project-related emissions are mainly expected to occur during Construction and to a much lesser

extent during Operation. With the exception of the Joun regulation structure, Ouardaniye WTW, flow

measurement/sampling and distribution chambers and water storage reservoirs which represent the

major surface facilities, the Project components are mainly underground structures comprising of

tunnels and pipelines conveying only water (raw and/or treated) to storage reservoirs and

distribution networks (existing and/or future planned).

It should be noted that "Process" point sources are those not directly attributed to the combustion of

fuel but released during operation of specific equipment. Though the proposed Project falls under

"Category A" of the World Bank Environmental Categories, the conceptual design of the planned

above-ground facilities does not include Process point sources whereby combustion or process-

related emissions (stacks, fugitive emissions from fuel storage tanks, etc.) are anticipated during

Operation. With the exception of on-site diesel-fueled engines/generators which supply power to the

planned nine (9) pumping stations Table ‎3-3 and transport operations (chemical requirements for

WTW, sludge collection and disposal), routing and maintenance inspections to the constructed

facilities (chambers, WTW, storage reservoirs) which are designed to be automated (i.e. unmanned),

no other combustion sources and units are anticipated to burn fuel/diesel and generate emissions to

the air during Operation.

Therefore, to assess the environmental impacts of the proposed Project on ambient air quality, it is

more relevant to consider and examine the impacts of the anticipated Construction activities on the

ambient air quality.

Based on the information provided by the Design Team and Project Proponent, Construction is

expected to be carried out over three years during which major activities that could potentially

impact the local air quality include:

Site Clearance and Excavation – Drilling, blasting, pipeline construction and tunnel boring

works (to a lesser extent) and spoil stockpiling; and

Project-related vehicle traffic – transportation of raw material, excavated spoil, and

manpower to and from construction sites.

With regards to the Assessment Area, existing air quality conditions are described in terms of

meteorological conditions. Currently, no information on ambient air quality in terms of airborne

contaminants in the area under assessment, released from the number of existing industrial and other

potential point sources, is available.

For the sake of the assessment, the current ambient air quality shall be described qualitatively

through the identification of existing point sources relevant to the Assessment Area and its vicinity

and projected type of emissions anticipated to be released during Project Construction. It should

also be highlighted that, in this case, cumulative impact(s) on ambient air quality are not expected




to be significant given that Project-related emissions are temporary in nature and localized (to the

construction sites) and shall decrease considerably upon cessation of construction activities.

7.3.1 Impacts from Combustion and Exhaust Emissions

With the exception of the Sibleen Cement Plant (in Ouardaniye) and the Naameh landfill (in

Naameh) which are considered as the only two major existing sources of combustion (Sibleen stacks)

and greenhouse gas emissions (mainly CH4 from landfill), no other important industrial facilities are

identified as sources of airborne contaminants. However, additional factors and development

projects including the international airport, highways/freeways and a quarry site, located in and

around the Study Area are expected to affect the existing ambient air quality.

The planned construction works including pipeline construction and tunnel boring as well as the

installation of surface infrastructure are expected to be carried out partly in rural degraded areas

(mostly at isolated valley crossings), and partly within urban residential areas. In the latter setting,

emission sources are limited to the on-going vehicular exhaust and transportation activities.

As aforementioned, Project-related emissions during Construction are limited to combustion emissions

from diesel-fueled generators and equipment operated onsite, exhaust emissions from vehicle

transportation and fugitive dust emissions generated during site clearance, excavation, drilling and

blasting and concrete batch mixing operations for the construction of the Project-related

infrastructure and linear structures (particularly pipelines).

Emissions from combustion arise from the burning of fuel and are dependent on fuel flow rate, fuel

type, combustion equipment and the presence of pollution control devices. The main air pollutants

likely to be associated with these emission sources include: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Sulfur Dioxide

(SO2), Particulate Matter (PM), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and dust. Additional pollutants can include

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs). The impacts associated with the

above air emissions are illustrated in Table ‎7-4.




Table ‎7-4 Environmental and Health Impacts of Major Air Pollutants from Combustion

Sources

EMISSION ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

Oxides of Nitrogen – NOX

NO2 is a toxic gas, even at relatively low

concentrations. NOX also contributes to the

formation of acidic species, which can be

deposited by wet and dry processes. NOX can

also increase the formation of ozone at ground

level when mixed with VOCs in the sunlight

atmosphere. NO is a relatively innocuous

species, but is of interest as a precursor for NO2.

Sulfur Dioxide – SO2

SO2 is a toxic gas, and is known to contribute to

acid deposition (wet SO2 and dry), which may

impact ecosystems. Direct health effects

potentially causing respiratory illness.

Particulates – PM10

Particulate matter is a complex mixture of

organic and inorganic substances present in

the atmosphere in either solid or liquid form.

Particulate matter is inhaled and deposited

within the respiratory pathways, leading to a

variety of health effects.

PM10 (i.e. particulate matter with a diameter of

less than 10 µm) is able to penetrate deeply into

the lungs. An association has been established

between elevated concentrations of PM10 and

excess short term mortality and morbidity rates.

Carbon Monoxide – CO

Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colorless, odorless

gas that is slightly less dense than air. When

inhaled, the gas is absorbed into the

bloodstream and combines with hemoglobin in

the blood to form carboxyhemoglobin (COHb).

The affinity of hemoglobin for CO is more than

200 times greater than for oxygen. The result is

that CO acts as a poison by reducing the

amount of O2 that can combine with

hemoglobin.

It should be mentioned that exhaust emissions are expected during normal operation of combustion

sources. However, poor quality fuel, unnecessary idling periods, lack of maintenance, long operation

period (particularly power generators) and absence of exhaust emission control units will result in the

increase of atmospheric emissions of pollutants.

Generally speaking, the emissions associated with the construction activities, and vehicular exhaust

will be of a Moderate effect. This impact is of a high likelihood, yet of a medium to short-term

duration (3 years) and reversible nature. Accordingly, with no mitigation measures in place, this

activity is likely to have a Moderate impact (3C) on the overall air quality within the Assessment Area.

However, it is recommended that various mitigation measures be adopted, including:




Using continually well designed, maintained and operated equipments / vehicles by the

Contractor. Precautionary control measures for atmospheric emissions reduction could

include proper engine fuel mixtures, regularly serviced exhaust emission systems, suitable

engine tuning, and purchase of diesel fuel with low sulfur content (5% sulfur content)

(whenever available).

Investigating the environmental benefits of employing environmentally friendly equipment by

the Contractor such as machinery with higher fuel efficiency or those equipped with air

pollution control devices to minimize exhaust emissions. Examples include vehicles equipped

with 2 or 3 way catalytic converters;

Avoiding idling vehicles and equipment engines that are left running unnecessarily;

Reporting monthly fuel consumption records;

Adhering to the IFC emission standards for small combustion source emissions (with a

capacity of up to 50 megawatt hours thermal (MWth)) as presented in (IFC, 2007b).

Combustion source emissions with a capacity of greater than 50 MWth should comply with

the IFC EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power.

An implementation of the above mentioned mitigation measures is likely to reduce the effect of

exhaust and combustion emissions during site preparation and transport activities to Minor (2C) on

the overall air quality within the Assessment Area.

7.3.2 Impacts from Dust Generation

The primary sources of dust generation would be related to construction activities. These sources

include a combination of on-site excavation and civil works such as compaction, trenching and

backfilling activities and exposure of bare topsoil and spoil piles to wind.

A considerable amount of spoil will be generated during Construction. It is expected that a net of 1.6

million tons will be produced following surface excavations, and drill and blast operations (via heavy

rippers and rock breakers) particularly in areas where strong limestone rocks are found close to the

surface such as in Joun Area, Wadi Abou Yabes, and Ouardaniye.

Pipelines are expected to be excavated at 2.5 to 3 m; the depth of excavation is expected to vary

among the different crossings with existing sensitivities (such as roads and culvert crossings and

Ghadir River). In areas where rock (mainly limestone) is not found, the majority of the spoil is

expected to consist of sand fill with rocky fragments. With regards to tunnel considerations, the

selection of the Tunnel Boring Method (TBM) in lieu of the drill and cut/blast operations (usually

adopted for pipelines) enables a rapid progress with an overall reduced construction timeframe. The

technique is also associated with less fugitive dust emissions given the nature of the underground

construction whereby civil works are carried out below surface (90 m below ground); as such

emissions to the ambient air from drill and blast operations are only expected when establishing the

TBMs in the first 100m of each drive.




As such, fugitive dust emissions are expected to arise during Construction from stockpiled spoil,

loading and unloading operations at construction sites and planned spoil handling facilities. Further

increase in ambient dust levels induced during Project Construction is associated with the movement

of trucks transporting produced spoil (entrained dust). The amount of dust generated by the activity

is difficult to estimate because of the lack of data to estimate the type and number of operating

equipment, number of truck trips and round-trip travel distances. Factors such as vehicle speed, total

truck loading, cover availability, ground/road conditions (paved/unpaved) and meteorological

conditions among others would influence the amount of fugitive dust emissions released to the

atmosphere. Entrained dust (fugitive PM10 emissions) from material and equipment delivery trucks

traveling on paved and/or unpaved roads cannot be estimated at this stage.

However, assuming a haulage capacity of 10 – 16 tons per truck (e.g. standard dump truck), the

expected overall number of truck trips for spoil transportation (±1.6 million tons) would potentially

amount to 160,000 – 100,000 during Construction. At this stage, projected figures should be

considered as estimates. The number of vehicle trips is anticipated to be higher taking into account

the additional vehicle/truck trips for raw material, equipment and labor transportation.

However, under normal meteorological conditions, dust impacts should be limited to within several

hundred meters of the activity areas (access roads, pipeline and tunnel corridors, and construction

sites). The main environmental concerns associated with dust generation are likely to be limited to

occupational health risk and nuisance to local residents and road commuters and Project affected

communities.

Dust emissions could cause respiratory problems and irritation to construction workers and might also

have an impact on drivers/commuters from reduced road visibility due to an increase in the light

extinction coefficient; dust clouds would increase risk of vehicle collision.

The likelihood for dust generation during site preparation and excavation is high. This impact is of

short-term duration however of Significant (4C) impact when no mitigation measures are in place.

Consequently, it is concluded that the impacts associated with dust generation are substantive and

require adequate mitigation throughout Project Construction and its associated activities.

Techniques for minimizing and preventing fugitive dust emissions during Construction can be

accomplished through dust suppression measures. The main dust control measures, which are

recommended to be considered, include the following:

Watering-down work area/s (at the tunnel and pipeline corridors, location of surface

structures) particularly near sensitive receptors, at spoil handling facilities and during loading

and unloading operations.

Efficient scheduling of deliveries as well as establishing and enforcing appropriate speed

limits over all paved and unpaved surfaces (< 40 km/h) via a Traffic Management Plan (TMP)

approved by the Project Proponent;

Traveling on existing and paved tracks wherever possible.




Maintaining stockpiles at minimum heights and forming long-term stockpiles into the

optimum shape (i.e. stabilization) to reduce wind erosion;

Carrying out loading and unloading operations in closed/contained spaces while using dust-

suppression methods;

Installing covers (manual and/or mechanical) on back loads of dump trucks and large

vehicles before leaving a construction site to reduce as low as possible, if not, prevent,

fugitive dust emissions from being released during road transportation and vehicular

movement.

Following implementation of the above recommended mitigation measures as well as the

Proponent's Safety, Health and Environmental Regulations and Protocols (CDR - SHE Regulations,

1995), the environmental impacts from dust generation due to site preparation, civil works and

transportation activities during Construction would be reduced to a Minor effect (2C).




7.4 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON SOIL AND LANDSCAPE

The nature of the proposed Awali-Beirut Water conveyor Project requires extensive and heavy earth-

moving activities including mainly drilling and blasting operations as well as tunnel boring works for

the construction of the different Project components (such as WTW, storage reservoirs, etc.) and in

particular the planned linear structures which comprise:

Two tunnels: Joun to Ouardaniye WTW Tunnel and Ouardaniye WTW to Khalde Tunnel; and

Pipelines: Khalde Portal to Khalde Distribution Chamber; Khalde to Tallet el Khayat Reservoir

and Khalde Flow Distribution Chamber to Hadath Reservoirs and Hadath Reservoirs to

Hazmieh Reservoirs.

Generally, the landscape in the Assessment Area is characterized by rocky ground conditions, with

sediments composed mostly of limestone and dolomitic rocks, hillsides and valleys. The Assessment

Area is also intersected by several surface water bodies including Damour River, Ghadir River, and a

number of streams/wadis.

Inherently, the major impact anticipated from site clearance, grading and excavation activities on

the existing soil (surface quality and integrity) includes the physical disturbance of soil during

trenching and site leveling activities; excavation for pipelines are typically 10 m wide and 2.5 to 3 m

deep while some deeper excavations might be required particularly at sensitive crossings with roads,

culverts, or valleys.

Alternatively, the construction of tunnels will be carried out via a Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM)

instead of drilling and blasting methods. These conventional hand mining operations are required

only for establishing the TBM in the first 100m of each drive. Once below ground (i.e. 90 m),

excavations are carried out with minimal disturbance to the surrounding ground and land surface.

As aforementioned, a considerable amount of spoil, estimated at 1.6 million tons, is expected to be

generated following drilling/blasting and tunnel boring operations with significant quantities of spoil

are anticipated at the start of the tunnel drives at Joun and Khalde, as well as at the Ouardaniye

WTW outlet portal.

A breakdown of the quantities of spoil expected at each planned construction site is previously

provided in Table ‎3-4.

Project-related impacts on the existing soil and surrounding landscape are mainly expected during

Construction. As abovementioned, heavy earth-moving and mining activities are carried out for the

installation of pipelines, tunnels as well as surface infrastructures. Land disturbance due to

excavations is minimized by undertaking tunneling works.

Excavated rock and soil spoil are planned to be reused as aggregate supply potentially for road

construction and quarry rehabilitation among others depending on spoil characteristics following

mining operations and intended final use. Visual impacts on the surrounding landscape are




anticipated to arise during Construction at the different work sites due to erection of surface facilities

such as storage reservoirs, chambers, and Water Treatment Works (WTW).

Potential impacts on soil quality from waste generation (wastewater/hydrotest/solid waste),

accidental spills and occupational operations are also expected during Construction at the various

working areas. Once Construction is completed, the designed uptake, treatment and distribution

and regulation system is automated for the most part during Operation. All workshops and

construction sites shall be dismantled, restored to previous conditions.

As such, it is more appropriate to consider Project-related environmental impacts on soil and

landscape throughout Project Construction. The main impacts on soil quality and landscape of the

Assessment Area are generated by the various Construction operations of the Project. These sources

of impacts include:

Project footprint, physical disturbance of soil and decreased visual amenity and aesthetics

due to site clearance activities, trenching and site leveling activities as well as

drilling/blasting and tunneling works;

Solid and liquid waste generation from camp operations (such as sanitary facilities and

kitchen) and pipelines pressure testing; and

Potential accidental chemical / oil spills or leaks from excavators and tunnel boring

machine.

7.4.1 Impacts of Project Footprint

As mentioned earlier, several excavation, drilling and blasting operations will be conducted on a

number of distinct regions to build Project surface facilities and to lay down associated linear

structures. Project affected areas consist mainly of degraded lands (hillsides and valleys), and urban

/ residential areas with existing road infrastructure.

The Project's physical footprint (i.e. disturbance to soil and landscape) resulting from civil and mining

works is mainly localized to construction areas and limited to pipeline corridors and tunnel

alignments. Additional civil works will be required for the construction and/or upgrade of access

roads to the construction sites.

Given the current degraded nature of the Project affected rural areas such as Joun, Wadi Abou

Yabes and Khalde, characterized by sparse vegetation (i.e. indicator of land degradation) and a

quarry site and since the footprint of construction works is considered localized in these rural areas

(washout, distribution chamber, surge structure…), no significant impact is anticipated on surface

drainage patterns and land erosion.

In addition, adverse visual impacts induced on the surrounding landscape in these rural areas are

limited to the planned locations of the surface infrastructure from construction equipment (concrete

batch plant, building/unit erection). The abovementioned surface facilities are designed to occupy

small and minor land spaces (with the exception of the Ouardaniye WTW occupying a larger space);

however visual intrusion and alteration to the existing landscape are not expected to be significant




given the existing degraded status of the rural lands as well as in the Project affected urban areas

(such as Khalde, Hadath, Hazmieh, and Ouardaniye) which are currently subject to on-going

construction and civil works.

As such, impacts from visual intrusion and physical disturbance of soil in the project affected sites

(particularly urban areas) are inherent to the Project are considered of Minor effect (2C). Impacts

are anticipated to be noticed yet short-lived and not affecting any vulnerable environmental

receptors given the large area of existing degraded lands on which construction works are planned

to take place.

Impacts from the Project's physical footprint on soil and visual environment could be further mitigated

by restoring the site topography and landscape as follows;

- Limiting the land clearance area required for pipelines, tunnels and surface structures

construction through pre-planning particularly in the vicinity of forested areas of Khalde;

Planning and marking access routes and adopting minimum safe operating width and using

existing tracks/ routes to reduce the size of the impacted area;

- Minimizing (whenever possible) the time and space of heavy machinery use and

constructing intensive activities and using whenever possible existing and previously

disturbed land and roads to access site and avoiding off-road driving, areas crossing wadis

or that are prone to erosion;

Avoiding excessive removal of topsoil and minimizing grading and clearing of vegetation;

- Stabilization of topsoil and spoil stockpiles along the pipelines previously removed during

excavation works and using it as cover material whenever possible during backfilling and site

restoration;

Project handover (end of Construction) should comprise the complete closure of the labor

camps including the removal of all equipments and vehicles and other fixtures and

infrastructures and covering of trenches and restoring of all sites to original state; and

Proper mitigation measures as identified above reduce the impact effect on the soil and visual

environment to Negligible (1C).

As aforementioned, land disturbance induced from mining activities and excavation works are

limited to the Construction phase. During Operation, no excavation activities are anticipated and

therefore impacts on soil from land disturbance are insignificant. However, residual impacts on the

visual environment are related to the physical presence of the Project components in particular the

surface structures such as the WTW in Ouardaniye, the storage reservoirs in Hazmieh and Hadath,

distribution and sampling chamber in Khalde. The change in background landscape features is

mostly felt in the Project affected rural areas. Given the minor land space allocated for the surface

components and the existing conditions of these areas, such residual impacts on the existing

landscape are considered of negligible effect.




7.4.2 Impact on Soil Quality from Blasting Operations

As aforementioned, in areas of strong limestone rocks found at the surface, blasting operations shall

be carried out using explosives to enable the construction of surface facilities such as the planned

distribution chambers and reservoirs (i.e. Joun regulation structure, Wadi Abou Yabes washout,

Hadath and Hazmieh reservoirs).

At this stage, no information is available on the amount and type of explosives to be used during

blasting activities. Nonetheless, the use of explosives to perform these planned operations is

inherently associated with a high risk of releasing heavy metals to the surrounding soil including the

excavated topsoil and rock spoil and as such the likelihood of contaminating the soil quality (top soil

and rock spoil) with heavy metals in the proposed blasting locations is relatively high.

In addition to the proposed mitigation measures abovementioned to limit the Project footprint on the

soil physical's integrity, it is highly recommended to assess the quality (presence of contamination) of

the debris generated prior to further reuse for backfilling, land filling operations and/or quarry

rehabilitation.

As part of the management plan for spoil, it was proposed by the Design Team to re-use

considerable quantities of spoil, without interim storage, during backfilling and site restoration

operations especially at Ouardaniye, Khalde, Damour and along the pipeline corridors (where

interim storage sites are not available). In light of the following plan, additional required control and

mitigation measures include:

- Reduce the use of blasted debris as much as possible and allow backfilling and site

restoration from topsoil and spoil excavated by conventional methods (such as drilling) and

generated by the tunnel boring works; and

- Perform a soil sampling campaign in the Project affected areas, specifically where blasting

activities took place, in order to document the soil conditions (physic-chemical

characteristics, petroleum contamination, etc.) following the cessation of construction works;

7.4.3 Impacts from Solid and Liquid Waste Generation

Waste handling and disposal practices throughout the course of the construction works, site

preparation activities and project Operation pose potential risks of soil contamination either through

direct contamination (if hazardous) or through the generation of contaminated leachate. The main

waste streams expected to be generated by the different Construction operations include:

- Inert solid waste stream (construction waste (concrete, wood, steel, rock spoil ), domestic /

putrescibles and packaging and green / organic waste);

- Liquid waste stream (grey water, sanitary wastewater and hydrotest water); and

- Non-inert waste streams (recovered solvents / chemicals, acids, paints, fuel and oils,

hydrotest water-if mixed with additives).




During Operation, waste streams are mainly limited to office domestic waste, sanitary wastewater,

chemicals (stored at the WTW), fuel oil and sludge waste. Assuming the Ouardaniye WTW will be

operated by a maximum staff of 3011, it is anticipated that 15 kg of domestic solid and 2.7 m3 of

sanitary wastewater will be generated daily.

An additional solid waste stream generated following WTW Operation is Sludge. The daily average

sludge flow is estimated at a rate of 4,026 m3; sludge quantity is expected to increase to 10,700 m3

during wet season.

As noted earlier, the bedrock in the Assessment Area consists mainly of fractured dolomitic limestone

with karstic features. As such, calcareous soils represent the predominating soil type. Red soils (terra

rosa) are also found in certain locations in the Assessment Area primarily in the Ouardaniyeh and

Khalde areas. The existing types make the soils not adept at dealing with chemicals and hazardous

materials due to their high permeability. The risk of soil contamination and particularly groundwater

due to pollutant leaching and infiltration is high specifically in areas of recharge zones whereby

groundwater is replenished via rainfall.

Such Project-related impacts on soil quality primarily and groundwater secondary are highly likely to

occur predominantly in areas of the planned surface structures such as Ouardaniyeh WTW. When no

precautionary mitigation or control measures are in place, unmitigated impacts on soils are

considered of Significant effect (4C).

At this stage of the project, the Proponent has in place environmental, health and safety protocols

with regulations related to environmental protection and solid waste management.

To minimize the impacts on soil quality and landscape induced from the Project, it is highly

recommended that CDR advocates using the principle of the “5Rs” subject to local environmental

regulations and availability of resources to handle waste. These “5Rs” are as follows:

- Reduce- Generation of less waste in their original form

- Reuse- Reuse of materials in their original form

- Recycle- Conversion of waste back into a usable material

- Recover- Extraction of materials or energy from a waste for other uses

- Residue- Final disposal for the unavoidable waste residue (in licensed facility – at present,

only landfills are available in Lebanon for final disposal).

In general, CDR and its Contractor(s) should ensure a proper documentation procedure of the

quantities of all waste streams as well as compliance of the Contractor with the outlines of the

proposed waste management plan relevant to the Project.

- Households & Domestic waste (paper, cardboard, organic, etc.):

11 Assuming a generation rate of:

0.5 kg/capita/day of domestic solid waste; and

90l/capita/day of sanitary wastewater.




All personnel shall be responsible for ensuring that standards of “good housekeeping”

are maintained. This will include clearance of all rubbish and work associated debris;

CDR shall promote the use of solid waste collection by a local contractor for disposal at

a licensed municipal waste facility / landfill;

Sorting at source of domestic and general waste should be implemented. Waste should

be sorted into combustible (paper, food, cardboard, and wood) and non-combustible

waste (metals, glass, rubble) streams by means of suitably labeled containers for safe

collection, segregation and handling of all waste streams generated.

- Hazardous Waste (waste oil, solvents, medical wastes, etc.)

Whenever possible, hazardous waste such as solvents, used batteries, paints, waste oil

and medical waste will be sent collected and stored separately for recycling or disposal

at a licensed facility. Where no suitable or immediate disposal solution for hazardous

waste streams exist, the Contractor should ensure study and source appropriate disposal

routes and ensure safe storage. Any new disposal routes for the hazardous waste

streams shall be agreed upon with CDR;

Medical waste should be collected separately, labeled and returned to the nearest

medical facility for disposal and/or storage; waste oil should be collected and stored in

bunded and lined areas.

Details of hazardous waste will be compiled, including type, amount and disposal

method, to track final destinations and identify opportunities for improvement.

- Wastewater (black and grey water):

No untreated sanitary wastes or wastewaters generated from the different sources (labor

camps, WTW (upon facility operation), etc.) will be discharged to the land or to the

permanent surface water bodies (such as rivers, and wadis).

Impacts on soil quality from operational activities with particular reference to sludge disposal, fuel

and chemicals handling and storage and wastewater management are discussed in relation to

groundwater in section ‎7.5

With respect to the expected increase in wastewater throughout Greater Beirut as a consequence

of increase in water supply, CDR has been expanding the wastewater network throughout the

Greater Beirut Area and plans to construct two major wastewater treatment plants in Khaldeh and

Bourg Hammoud with an overall design capacity exceeding 3.2 million-equivalent. The network

expansion has been mostly completed and designs for the treatment plants with bidding tenders are

at advanced stages. Implementation is awaiting approval of a funding mechanism. The capacity of

the existing network and planned treatment plants will accommodate any additional wastewater

resulting from the project.




7.4.4 Impacts from Accidental Spills of Fuel, Oil and Chemicals

The major potential sources of accidental spills derive from Project Construction (pipelines and

surface structures and facilities), commissioning operations, and ancillary equipment handling (diesel

supplies for power generation, chemical storage for WTW requirements). Additional sources of spills

include hydrostatic water (if mixed with corrosive chemicals) during commissioning of pipelines and

hydraulic oil, fuels and lubricating oil as part of routine maintenance.

The specificity of the site (i.e. soils conditions) and contaminant indicate the severity of repercussions

of any type of spill or leakage. The extent and the fate of a pollutant depend on:

- The porosity, permeability, porosity, preferential flow path, and clay and oxides content

prevailing in the soil/ unsaturated zone and saturated zone.

- The depth to ground water and soil thickness, type of aquifer (porous versus karstic)

- Density/ viscosity, solubility volatilization, adsorption, biodegradation and bioaccumulation

tendency of the contaminant.

Fuel leakages contain BTEX such as benzene and toluene and methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE).

Such monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbons have relatively good solubility and volatility. They tend to

evaporate from surface spills and biodegrade readily under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions

particularly MTBE and benzene. However, diesel spills consist of BTEX; Poly Aromatic Hydrocarbons

(PAH), chlorinated hydrocarbons as well as heavy metals such as Nickel, Copper, Chromium and

Zinc which tend to accumulate in sediments due to their low evaporation and biodegradability

capacity. With a decreasing viscosity and surface tension, they penetrate to the subsurface

formations and stay trapped within the pores or even travel into deeper zones.

It should be reminded that the pipeline stretches mostly over rock sequence composed of dolomitic

limestones. As abovementioned, terra rosa soils are also located in certain locations along the

proposed Project affected areas. Both soil types are characterized by a relatively significant degree

of permeability.

The likelihood of the occurrence of accidental spills during Construction is Moderate. However, the

effect of the impact is considered Significant (4B) when no mitigation is in place, given the soil type

and persistence of the pollutants in question.

The occurrence of accidental spills and leaks could be minimized, if not prevented, by the following

general mitigation measures:

- Promotion of “good housekeeping” practices during construction and routine inspection

procedures and maintenance of equipment for risk minimization;

- Availability of oil spill response kits on the construction sites particularly at the planned

surface structures in Ouardaniye to mop up small spills;




- Containment of contaminated soil and preliminary treatment by passing soil trough scalping

shakers prior to further treatment; and

- Development of a Project Specific Oil Spill Contingency Plan in addition to the general plan

proposed in section ‎7.4.5 below.

Source-specific mitigation measures consist of:

- Storage: Fuel, oil and chemicals shall be stored in specific designed areas on site particularly on an

impermeable base within a suitability contained area.

All storage tanks will be positioned to minimize the risks of damage by impact; All storage tanks will

be of sufficient strength and structural integrity; No storage tank will be used for the storage of fuel, oil

or chemicals unless its material and construction are compatible with the type of materials to be

stored and storage conditions (e.g. pressure and temperature); Drip trays will be installed underneath

equipment such as diesel generators, transformers to contain leakage. The drip trays will be

maintained and kept drained of rainwater; All fuel and oil will be inventoried and use recorded.

-Refueling: Refueling should be done on lined soils (on impervious membrane). Procedures for

refueling include:

- Control and supervision of refueling at all times appropriate personnel,

- Checking to fill valves, hoses and nozzles for signs of wear and tear prior to operation; and

- Checking to tank levels prior to delivery to prevent overfilling through side glass or manually

by dipstick logs.

- Locating fill pipes within the containment (unless shut-off valves are fitted); grounding of

tanks and vehicles during fuel transfers;

- Ensuring the availability of a supply of suitable absorbent materials at re-fuelling points for

use in dealing with minor spills. If a leak or spill occurs during loading or offloading operations,

the operations will be stopped and the spill will be contained, cleaned up and collected

based on the Spill Response Plan.

- Chemicals: Personnel handling chemicals will be trained in their handling and use and made

aware of the associated hazards including the personnel protective equipment requirements

through pre-task instruction;

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concerned chemicals will be available at the storage

area, the point of use and by the site medical staff and site ES&SR representative; Safety signage will

be in place;

All chemical deliveries (loading and unloading operations) shall be supervised at all times and

transferred to a secure storage area without delay;




Storage of chemicals will be sited on designated areas at the site; an inventory of all chemicals on

site will be kept and use will be recorded. Chemicals shall be properly packaged, labeled and

stored. Dangerous/hazard chemicals shall be stored separately;

Chemical storage drums will be in good condition and with sealed bunds. All used drums will be

washed down with water and pierced before leaving the site to prevent local use and subsequent

exposure to contaminants if they are not able to be returned to the original supplier.

All tanks and containers will be clearly labeled with the nature of the contents and placarded with

the MSDS. The storage of chemical products in containers or on palettes equipped with plastic dust

cover against severe weather. Chemicals that require shade shall be shaded. Chemical storage

drums and packaging are to be returned to the original supplier in an orderly fashion, i.e. palletized

and shrink wrapped.

- Diesel: In the field, diesel shall be stored in sealed tanks in bunded areas. CDR and its Contractor

shall ensure that the bunds are designed to contain one and half times the total diesel tank volume

as to minimize the impacts from possible tank rupture. During the fuel transfer operations, non-return

valves shall be installed on fuel transfer hoses and operations shall be supervised at all times by

trained personnel. Containment procedure shall be provided to contain any oil spill during fuel

transfers to road tankers.

7.4.5 Spill Prevention and Response Plan

In order to decrease the likelihood of spills to occur and mitigate the potential impacts of such

incidents in the Project affected areas, the following requirements should be addressed:

- An inventory of hazardous materials, i.e. chemicals and fuels, to be stored on-site along with

the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)

- Storage requirements including adequate bunding, storage location, valve locks, check

valves, re-fuelling procedures, drip trays;

- Practical mitigation measures for preventing or limiting spills and leaks;

- Trained employees capable of dealing with small scale spill hazards,

- Inspection requirements; and

- The process of spill response.

CDR shall envisage the development of a spill contingency plan by the construction Contractor.

In the case of an important spill (>100 L), CDR shall request quick assistance from specialized

authorities in soil remediation directly upon spill reporting by site engineers. In the case of a small

spill (<10 L-100 L), containment of spill and contamination could be performed on site by

adopting the following:

- Immediate reporting of spill to company representative;

- Stopping the source of spill (close valve, seal pipe, seal hole etc…);

- Checking for hazards, flammable matters on site;




- Immediate cleaning of the spill by removing affected top soil layer by trained employees

- Treating the removed soil as hazardous waste;

- Continuous in-situ sampling of soil in the vicinity and underneath the spill for potential

contaminant; and

- Adopting as much as possible dry cleaning techniques to decrease resultant wastewater,

and to avoid flushing of spills to deeper soil layers.

With the above mitigation measures and contingency plan in place, the potential leaks and spills

associated with normal project activities and accidental incidents are expected to have a Low

likelihood and Minor effect (2A).

7.5 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON WATER RESOURCES

Water for the project will be sourced from the Karaoun lake and Awali Rivers as was mentioned

earlier.

The tunnel extends from Joun to Khalde and crosses the Damour and Ghadir perennial rivers as well

as a number of other streams and stream valleys.

With respect to groundwater, only one main aquifer (namely Cenomanian – Turonian) has been

located over the whole area under consideration. No permanent spring exists in these formations

except below sea level.

The aquifer is karstic in nature and groundwater mainly flows in fissures, fractures and conduits. The

overall integrity of the aquifer is not significantly altered by faulting, although it is possible that faults

may act either as local aquicludes or alternatively as preferred pathways for groundwater flow. The

proposed tunnel will lie above the water table except where siphons are needed (Nahr Damour).

Even there it should be noted that the main water table lies below the river level implying some

limited recharge to the aquifer from the river, not the other way around.

The strata sometimes contain pockets and cavities, some of which are lined with calcite deposited in

vadose zone by groundwater percolating downwards to the water table.

The identified potential sources of impact on water resources from the project include:

- Construction activities: Accidental oil spills or infiltration of contaminants during tunneling

boring activities, river crossings and site constructions.

- Operational activities: WTW sludge management, chemical and fuel spills and wastewater

disposal.

7.5.1 Impacts from Construction Activities

There is risk of infiltration from contaminants and leaching of liquid discharges (sewage, spills, etc…)

through zones where the natural replenishment of groundwater takes place generally through direct

or diffuse infiltration of rainfall via the soil and unsaturated zone specifically at sites of surface

structure constructions.




As for the tunneling activities, despite that they will be performed in a formation whereby the

groundwater lies well below the proposed tunnel level, this does not preclude the possibility of

encountering solution-enlarged joints, cavities and pipes, and fault breccias (“shatter-zones”) which

may be carrying small quantities of groundwater percolating downwards within the unsaturated

vadose zone above the water table. In such events, there will be significant risk of contaminating

groundwater if any oil accidentally spills out and infiltrates through the above conduits reaching the

groundwater.

Impacts arising from construction activities are considered Significant with a High likelihood of

occurrence given the large nature of the aquifer, the large number of site and the length of the

tunnel. With no mitigation and control measures in place, the impact is expected to be long-term

and irreversible (4C).

In order to reduce the severity of the impact, it is recommended to:

Clean up spills if any with an absorbent material such as cat litter. Chemicals spilled near

wells and sinkholes can move directly and rapidly into groundwater. Chemicals spilled near

ditches, streams or lakes can move rapidly into surface water.

Develop a contingency plan to prevent potential groundwater contamination


Use special construction techniques in areas of steep slopes, erodible soils, and stream

crossings.

Reclaim or apply protective covering (e.g., vegetative cover) on disturbed soils as quickly as

possible.

Avoid creating excessive slopes during excavation and blasting operations.

Monitor construction near aquifer recharge areas to reduce potential contamination of the

aquifer.

Disposal of excess excavation materials in approved areas to control erosion and minimize

leaching of hazardous materials.

Impose site-specific Best Management Practices, potentially including silt fences, hay bales,

vegetative covers, and diversions, to reduce impacts to surface water from the deposition of

sediments beyond the construction areas.

Immediate implementation of the Oil spill response plan in case of accidental events (i.e.

Passing water resulting from tunneling and excavation through oil separator prior to

discharge in the event that it has been contaminated with oily residues).

By putting the control measures proposed in the feasibility study in place, the potential effects on

water resources from construction phase is anticipated to be Minor (2B) and its occurrence

Medium.

7.5.2 Impacts from Operational Activities

Once the project is operational, 250,000 m3 of water will flow daily to Greater Beirut to complement

other water resources and meet the city‟s water demand for the coming five years.




The supply of such quantity will limit or even cease the exploitation of water from wells in Damour and

other areas in the southern suburbs and thus limit the extent of sea water intrusion and allow natural

recharge of groundwater. The operational phase is then expected to have a beneficial impact on

water resources but adverse impacts can still arise from operations if not managed properly. These

are summarized by the following:

- Sludge disposal management

- Fuel and chemicals handling and storage

- Wastewater management

- Retrieval of 3m3/s of water from the existing tunnel

Sludge generation disposal management

The key potentially significant adverse impact during operation of the project will be the need to re-

use or dispose of sludge from the water treatment works. A yield of 4,026 m3/d (reaching 10,700 m3/d

in the wet season) is expected from the Ouardaniye WTW. A sludge treatment process has been

proposed and designed for the WTW in the feasibility study of 2010. This involves thickening and

dewatering the generated sludge followed by re-use of the separated water at the treatment or

dumping it into the Wadi. It is recommended here to stick to the option of re-using the water at the

inlet of the plant and avoid dumping it into the Wadi and eventually the sea. As for the resulting

dewatered sludge cake, The original design and corresponding EIA found that the optimal

alternative for sludge disposal will be at a rehabilitated nearby quarry. However, this alternative is

associated with potential adverse impacts on soil, groundwater, and surface water unless proper

control measures are implemented and would require conducting an independent EIA for approval

which can be done in the future if this alternative is adopted. The updated ESIA is recommending the

sludge disposal at the existing Naameh landfill which is under a management contract with CDR. The

dewatered sludge cake yield is expected to be around 75 tons/d. Dry solids in the sludge cake will

be 230*4*12*0.97= 10,708 kg/d (10.8 tons/d). Dry solids will not change unless the solids capture of the

machine changes or more solids are produced from the liquid process due to higher turbidity, higher

chemical dosage…etc. It is the wet sludge amount that will change with respect to dewatered

sludge concentration and cake density. So for average conditions, the dry solids in the sludge cake

will be approximately 11 tons/d and the wet sludge will be in the range of 58 m3/d to 73 m3/d

dependant on the cake concentration (12-18%) for a density of 1200 kg/m3. The Naameh landfill

currently receives more than 2000 tons of waste per day with plans for future expansion. Disposing

the above amount into the Naameh landfill is not expected to cause any problems. CDR has

approved this alternative.

By adopting the process proposed in the feasibility study in place, the potential effects from sludge

generation and disposal during operation on water resources is anticipated to be Negligible (1C)

and no further mitigation measures are deemed necessary




Fuel and chemicals handling and storage

Another potential impact during operation would be that leakage of chemicals and fuel oil at the

site of Ouardaniye treatment plant. The description of storage capacity in the feasibility study shows

that care has been taken for assuring that all chemical and fuel storage tanks will be well bunded.

However, accidental spills during chemical transfer or refueling of tankers might still cause an adverse

impact.

By putting the control measures proposed in the feasibility study in place, the potential effects on

water resources from fuel and chemicals during operation is anticipated to be Moderate (3C) and

its occurrence high.

Mitigations measures that can be adopted to avoid impacts from accidental spills include:

Selecting appropriate locations for septic tanks installation as to avoid leakage and

contamination of groundwater. Liners should be placed to prevent groundwater

contamination in areas designated to hold septic tanks or wastewater pits. Storing mixed

wastewater should also be done in these areas or in the presence of liners.

Immediate cleaning of the spill by removing affected top soil layer by trained employees

Continuous in-situ sampling of soil in the vicinity and underneath the spill for potential

contaminant; and


In the event of effluent (following sludge dewatering) discharge into the Wadi, the former

should comply with the Lebanese new standards for discharge into receiving water bodies

(Decision no. 8/1)

Refueling in a designated fueling area that includes a temporary berm to limit, if not prevent,

the spread of any spill.

Use drip pans during refueling to contain accidental releases and under fuel pump and

valve mechanisms of any bulk fueling vehicles parked at the project site.

Adhere to the CDR safety, health and environmental regulations and to chemical, fuel

storage.

By adopting the proposed control measures, the impacts on water resources chemicals and fuel

spills would be Negligible (1C).

Wastewater (sanitary, process) management

It is estimated that there will be 90 L / crew member of wastewater generated daily equating to a

maximum of 2250 L / day from the WTW operations and sanitary facilities (assuming all 25 crew

members). The other surface components of the project will be unmanned.

Improper disposal of generated wastewater could result in groundwater contamination with

chemical and biological contaminants. Secondary impacts from inadequate mixed wastewater




discharge and storage can generate odor and attract flies and incidence of associated vector

diseases which might adversely impact workers and local settlers.

The potential effects on water resources from wastewater discharge during Operation are

anticipated to be Moderate (3C) and its occurrence high.

Mitigation measures to further minimize impacts during Operation include:

CDR should commission a local contractor for the collection of domestic wastewater and

disposal to nearest public sewerage network.

Adopting as much as possible dry cleaning techniques to decrease resultant wastewater,

and to avoid flushing of spills to deeper soil layers.

Develop a stormwater management plan to ensure compliance with regulations and

prevent off-site migration of contaminated stormwater.

By adopting the proposed control measures, the impacts on groundwater contamination from

pesticide use would be Negligible (1C).

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water from the existing tunnel

The retrieval of 3m3/s of water between Joun Lake and Joun HEP, is not expected to cause adverse

effect on the generation of electricity. Water was allocated to Greater Beirut by a presidential

decree since 1970. It was diverted to the downstream stretch of the Awali because the Project was

not implemented at the time. Otherwise the diverted water is not part of the Awali river flow.

The design of the Joun HEP constructed post that date took into consideration the retrieval of this

amount of water in the future from the existing tunnel connecting the Joun Lake with the HEP. The

operational plan of the three HEPS, Markaba, Awali and Joun are placed ahead depending on

needs. Following this plan, the water is collected accordingly in Joun and Annan Lake to meet the

demand. According to the Litani River Authority, the retrieval of 3m3/s will definitely be accounted

and compensated for in the upstream planning.

As for the section of Awali downstream the HEP, there will be no direct impact on agricultural lands

on sides of the river that are using its water for irrigation purposes. The amount of flow diverted back

to the river is fully in control of the HEP despite the retrieval of the amount required for the Awali

Project. According to the Litani River Authority, the diverted flow ranges from 4 to 30 m3/s. There has

never been any complaint related to scarcity of water from the side of local farmers even during

minimal levels of diverted flow.

In Winter there will be no impact considering a flow of 30 m3/s. In summer a potential adverse impact

might arise at the expense of making potable water available to a larger segment of the Beirut area.

By looking at the above analysis of the existing scheme upstream and downstream the Joun HEP, the

impact from retrieval of the 3m3/s of water during Operation is anticipated to be Negligible (1B).




Apart from the project impacts on water resources, it should be noted that existing infrastructure such

as the Naameh landfill could impact the project itself and threaten the quality of supplied water. This

could occur in the event of leakage leachate downstream towards the tunnel.

Monitoring wells have been placed downstream the landfill to monitor water and detect any

leakage. Regular monitoring reports are being submitted to CDR. According to CDR; no leakage of

contaminants has ever been reported. This matter will be further investigated and documents

supporting the above statement shall be provided in the final ESIA report.

Measures such as concrete lining of the tunnel have already been considered in the design of the

tunnel, however, further mitigation measures should be planned for this strip of the tunnel, and these

could include:

Regular review of the data of monitoring wells upstream the strip of the tunnel lying

downstream the land fill;

Giving additional consideration for the subject strip during maintenance of the tunnel;

Checking for any fissures or fractures in the tunnel wall during maintenance.

7.6 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON BIODIVERSITY

As described in previous sections, the Project's Construction phase involves as sequence of extensive

heavy earth-moving activities including mainly site clearance, grading, grounding as well as mining

operations (drilling/ blasting) and tunneling works so as to build the Project's land-based surface

structures and underground linear facilities.

Similar to the Assessment Area's existing environmental receptors (soil, landscape and visual

environment among others), Project-related environmental impacts on biodiversity, specifically on

the floral cover, are anticipated during Construction principally due to site clearing and excavation

activities while no major adverse impacts are anticipated during Operation given the automated

nature of most components of the Project and the type of the proposed development.

During Construction, the potential negative impacts are listed in the following Table ‎7-5.

Table ‎7-5 Potential Negative Impacts on Biodiversity

IMPACT CAUSE

Habitat loss or destruction Construction works

Altered abiotic/site factors Soil compaction, erosion

Mortality of individuals Destruction of vegetation (Planted fruit trees)

Loss of individuals through emigration Following disturbance or loss of habitat

Habitat fragmentation Habitat removal and/or introduction of barriers like

roads

Disturbance Due to construction noise, traffic, or presence of

people




IMPACT CAUSE

Altered species composition Changes in abiotic conditions, habitats (not present

in this case)

Vegetation loss Soil contamination due to disposal of oils and waste

material

In reference to the baseline ecological conditions, a series of site visits was carried out to document

the overall potentially affected ecosystems (if any anticipated) by the Project and to assess the

status of the existing floral biodiversity at the different planned construction sites:

Joun Regulation Structure

Washout – Wadi Abou Yabes

Ouardaniye WTW

Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout

Khalde Surge Shaft

Khalde Tunnel Portal

Khalde Flow measurement and tunnel chamber

Pipeline – Khalde Portal to Khadle Flow Distribution Chamber

Khalde Distribution / Connection Chambers

Hadath 125 Reservoir

Hadath 90 Reservoir


The planned construction sites fall within the Inferior Mediterranean or Thermomediterranean zones

on a calcareous soil in the Carob- Mastic series (for the majority of the sites), the Quercus calliprinos

Webb. series (Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout) and Pinus brutia Ten series for the Khalde Flow

measurement and tunnel chamber.

The trees formation in the majority of the sites (Carob- Mastic series) take the form of garigues

composed mainly by Pistacia lentiscus L., Myrtus communis L., and less frequently by Ceratonia

siliqua L. This series is sometimes presented by Pinus halepensis Mill. and Pinus brutia Ten.

The first degradation stage of this series is composed by tall garigues dominated by Calicotome

villosa (Vahl) Link and in localized areas Rhus tripartita (Ucria) D.C. In areas that are more degraded,

garigues of Poterium spinosum L. and Phlomis viscosa Poir. are present in rocky places.

Generally, the different planned construction sites do not affect any area of special concern, such

as those designated as having national or international importance (e.g. world heritages, wetlands,




biosphere reserve, wildlife refuge, or protected areas), or lead to the extinction of endangered and

endemic species.

With the exception of some important species (i.e. native) found in some of the surveyed sites, the

majority of the encountered species are ornamental, medicinal and/or edible. An inventory of the

species found was made site per site. It should be noted that the inventory listed only the species

pertaining to this particular ecological stage and whose habitat corresponds more or less to the local

settings in section ‎7.3.

Furthermore, the planned Project infrastructures in the rural areas are, in general, expected to be

built in already degraded areas (e.g., Joun, washout points at Damour valley) and with some

locations such as Wadi Abou Yabes representing a quarry site whereby the ecosystem is already

adversely impacted.

As for the sites; Khalde (surge shaft and tunnel portal, pipeline corridor, distribution chambers),

Hadath and Hazmieh (reservoirs' construction location) situated in the urban areas and whereby

other construction activities are on-going, they are also considered highly degraded areas

characterized by an insignificant biodiversity.

In such locations, the potential negative impacts are considered of Negligible (1C) effect since the

Project largely affects degraded lands hence not affecting the native ecosystem of the Assessment

Area and its immediate surroundings.

However, in some locations, though partly degraded, such as Ouardaniye, are rich in floral species

(majority are common) with orchids documented in large amounts. Additional locations of particular

significance include Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout (sanded area and area near bridge) and Khalde

Flow measurement and tunnel chamber which are characterized by densely forested lands in their

surroundings. Project-related impacts with regards to the local biodiversity in these areas relate to the

total loss of trees (damage to the forested areas) and native species whereby the conifers Pinus

brutia Ten., Pinus halepensis Mill. and Cupressus sempervirens L. are the most abundant formation.

Due to the importance of these ecological systems particularly in Khalde (area around flow

measurement and tunnel chamber) and part of the Damour River (outskirt of existing recreations)

and Ouardaniye and the required site clearance activities, impacts are considered of Moderate

effect (3C) when no control measures are adopted during Construction particularly around these

forested areas.

Mitigation measures to minimize the impacts on the local flora and vegetation include:

- Preparing an inventory of the plants found in and around the following three sensitive sites,

Nahr Damour, Ouardaniye WTW and Khalde flow measurement and sampling chamber. This

would be a reference to keep track of all present species highlighting the most endemic

and important and those which should be reintroduced following Construction;

- Limiting vehicular transport to defined roads as to prevent unnecessary damage to

vegetation;

- Preserving top soil excavated by conventional methods (such as drilling);




- Avoiding introducing invasive plant species (e.g. weeds).

- All affected areas must be replanted with indigenous species appropriate to the respective

sites, by agreement with ecological experts. Provisions for the availability for such plants

should be ensured throughout the Project program.

- Special effort and attention should be given to the following sites: Ouardaniye WTW, Nahr

Damour Siphon/Washout and Khalde Flow measurement and tunnel chamber; and

- Developing an ecosystem rehabilitation plan to regenerate and reintroduce some of the

native species of trees (especially at the most degraded areas) present in the studied area,

therefore leading to great positive impacts on biodiversity.

- The planted trees can be either native but not found in the site such as Pinus pinea, Laurus

nobilis, Cercis siliquastrum, Spartium junceum, Cupressus sempervirens etc. or native and

found in the site as listed in Section ‎7.3.

With the proposed mitigation measures in place, the likelihood of the impact will be reduced to

Medium and its effect to Minor (2B).

7.7 POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON ARCHEOLOGY AND CULTURAL HERITAGE

In reference to the local archeology along in the Assessment Area, previous studies have been

carried out to assess the archeological sensitivity in the Project affected areas via literature review

and field surveys (Samir Rebeiz, 1997). Particular concern has been given to the Khalde and

Shuweifat areas.

With the exception of the Khan Khlade ruins (Tell – archeological mound) located outside the

Assessment Area, no archeological sensitivities are known to exist in the Project affected areas,

whether rural or urban (Matgomery Watson, 1998). It is noted that Joun, Ouardaniyeh, Damour River,

Hadath and Hazmieh lack archeological or historical interests.

Generally, direct and indirect impacts during Construction associated with the project on cultural

heritage and archeological sites include construction works which require the physical excavation

(blasting, site clearance, trenching etc.) causing potentially the demolition, alteration of or damage

to archaeological resources, whether on surface or below-ground.

Given the absence of archeological evidence in the Assessment Area, Project-related impacts on

the local archeology are considered Negligible (1A) of insignificant effect.

Due to the nature of the archeological evidence in Khalde, which could potentially indicate the

existence of archeological ruins along the coastal strip, the following preventive measures are

proposed:

- Prepare a brochure to help crew members recognize any discovery of buried antiquities;

- Direct reporting to local authorities in case of new findings during Construction and proper

documentation of historic sites; ensure close coordination with the Directorate General of

Antiquities (DGA).




7.8 POTENTIAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS

Given the nature of the project which will improve the water supply across the Greater Beirut Area, it

is generally envisaged that the overall social and economic impacts will be positive.

However, the project is likely to generate social and economic alterations during both construction

and operational phases. These are estimated to be both of adverse and beneficial nature.

7.8.1 Impacts From Construction Phase

During the construction phase, the major negative impacts on the socio-economic characteristics of

the area would arise from:

Expropriation of land (land take);

Temporary nuisance from construction noise;

Temporary dust emissions; and

Temporary traffic and severance / disturbance of public rights-of-way and access to

community resources and services.

Impacts from Land Expropriation

Expropriation for the project falls under two categories, 1) Full expropriation of land whereby surface

structures are to be constructed and 2) establishment of right of way along lots whereby the tunnel is

passing underneath.

With respect to the first category, major expropriation procedures have been completed by CDR to

acquire the required surface areas and most of sites related to the surface structures have been

taken over and land owners have been compensated for their land following the Lebanese

expropriation law as illustrated in Appendix J.

Cadastral survey and lots identification are being carried out to prepare expropriation Decree files

for the remaining lands with surface structures and those falling under categories 2.

The main impacts expected to arise from future expropriations of land falling under category 1

include permanent and irreversible loss of land and some loss of agricultural greenhouses

(agricultural business).

Apart from minor agriculture businesses, there will be no loss of any kind of other businesses nor

physical resettlement of people as was checked during the social field survey.

With respect to land falling under category 2, there will not be actual land take or disturbance of the

surface land use. However, there will be restrictions applied to their lots depending on depth of

tunnel beneath such as prohibition of placing deep foundation and prohibition of drilling wells.

The impact from land expropriation is considered Significant with a high likelihood of occurrence

(4C).

Recommended mitigation measures to minimize the impacts include the following:

Consultation with potentially affected communities prior to expropriation procedures;




Fair and full compensation for land and other assets expropriated for the project in the

public interest as stated in the Lebanese expropriation law.

Compensation to local farmers who lost their agricultural lands (loss of livelihood);

Preparation of a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) (ongoing) as per the World Bank standards.

This aims at identifying the mitigation measures to be taken and specifies the legal and

institutional framework responsibilities that, together, will ensure that all losses incurred by the

taking of land are fully compensated and do not face any kind of diminution of livelihoods or

assets.

By applying the above recommended measures, the impacts are reduced to a Medium likelihood

of Moderate effect (3B).

Impacts from construction noise

Noise is generated by different sources during Construction. The most important sources are

machinery, transport vehicles, and earthmoving equipment. Blasting activities (e.g. explosives) are

also considered point sources for noise generation for this project due to the predominantly rocky

ground features of the sites. Noise is considered an issue because of the impact that noise emissions

have on the quality of life for members of the public living or working nearby.

The main sources of noise associated with the transportation activities include the delivery of primarily

material. Typical noise levels associated with trucks are reported at 74 dB(A) according to the British

Standard for Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Operation Sites (BS5228:1997). These

levels are normal in general construction sites (that can go up to 85-90 dB(A).

The noise impacts are considered temporary in nature. Typical sound level pressures recorded from

various equipments at a construction site are illustrated in Table ‎7-6 for indicative purposes.

Table ‎7-6 Typical Sound Pressure Levels Reported from Construction Equipment

(BS5228:1997)

CONSTRUCTION TYPE MACHINES NOISE LEVEL (DBA)*

Earth Moving Compactors 78

Front Loaders / Bull Dozers 88

Backhoes 76

Tractors 71

Scrapers 82

Caterpillar Graders 84

Pavers 74

Dump Trucks 74

Excavators 78

Material Handling Concrete Mixer 76

Concrete Pumps 81

Cranes 81




Stationary Pumps 82

Generators 82

Compressors 85

Noise levels of 85 to 90 dB(A) Leq would not be unusual close to the main activity areas. These levels

would however fall to between 50 to 56 dB(A) at 500 meters from the work area based on previous

experiences. Construction activities are likely to be confined to daytime and noise and the noise

levels will only affect potential receptors for a relatively short time.

Noise impacts will arise through either noise and/or vibration changes or through exceeding

allowable noise levels/limits. Different impacts may arise at the different resources and receptors, the

impacts will therefore be considered on an individual basis.

Potential noise and vibration impacts during construction include:

Noise and vibration from activities carried out on the surface (including station works); and

Noise associated with off-site heavy vehicle and other type of heavy moving equipment that

will be used to transport materials to construction sites and remove or relocate excess

excavated material;

The likelihood for noise impacts to occur is High (C). With no control measures in place, the impacts

associated with this activity will be of short-term duration and of Minor effect (2C) and will require

mitigation.

The following measures can be considered in order to control and or minimize the noise impacts:

Fitting all machinery and vehicles effective exhaust silencers;

Maintaining all machinery and vehicles in good repair and in accordance with the

manufacturer‟s instructions.

Limit the working hours when near sensitive sites (schools, residential units, , etc.);

Proper selection of equipment for the specific task considering the lowest sound power level;

Maintenance of equipment as not to create unnecessary noise owing to mechanical

problems;

Operation of equipment in a manner considerate to the ambient noise background;


Elimination of tonal, impulsive or low frequency noise through noise control engineering

techniques where feasible (e.g. dampers, fitting of mufflers, etc.);

Provision of alternative methods if necessary (substituting hammering actions with

hydraulics);

Provision by the Contractor of adequate buffer zone with sensitive populations in the

Assessment Area; and

Mandatory use of noise plugs during noisy activities.




By adopting the above proposed mitigation measures (buffer zones), the noise impact is predicted

to become Negligible and reversible (shutdown and elimination of noise sources). Accordingly the

impact is foreseen to be Negligible (1B).

Impacts from dust emissions

The primary sources of dust generation would be related to construction and project handover

activities. These sources include a combination of on-site excavation and civil works such as

compaction, trenching and backfilling activities, contact of construction machinery with uncovered

soil and exposure of bare soil and soil piles to wind. These activities are expected to result in the

disturbance of surface soil hence increasing the atmospheric dust levels. Other sources of emissions

may consist of exhaust from diesel engines of earth moving equipment, as well as from open burning

of solid waste on-site. Impact from dust emissions were discussed in Section ‎7.3.2.

Impacts from Traffic during construction

Construction of the surface structure sites as well as the tunneling activities will require involvement of

heavy traffic including machinery, labor transport buses and cars. These are expected to cause

increase in traffic towards and from proposed sites of construction. This will have definitely an

adverse impact on the local community living nearby the construction sites.

Having a measurable effect on the livelihood during the anticipated three years of construction and

a High likelihood to occur, the impact from traffic during construction is rated as Significant (4C).

The following measures can be put in place in order to minimize the adverse effects:

Liaising with community and government by a dedicated resource in the field throughout

the duration of the project (i.e. establishing a complaint register to document potential

public complaints. The register should include 1) A description of the complaint; 2)Time and

date; 3) Name, address and contact details of the person complained and 4) Actions taken

to address the complaint with assigned timeframe for completion

Clearly identify the project footprint to avoid accidents during further development of the

area particularly in the designated and construction sites.

- Having a Traffic Management Plan (TMP);

- Allowing only certified and trained drivers to carry out transportation related activities;

- Having an Emergency Response Procedures in place; and

- Having a maintenance program to all vehicles associated with construction activities.

By applying the above recommended measures, the impacts are reduced to a Medium likelihood

of Moderate effect (3B).

Moreover during the construction phase, direct positive impacts are anticipated and include:

Creation of new job opportunities, purchasing of goods and supplies to serve the camp and

logistic support could have indirect positive impacts on neighboring villages.




Support for development and growth in the region and Lebanon‟s economy by creating

opportunities for local businesses in the supply of goods and services; and

Creation of opportunities for local businesses in the supply of goods and services.

By creating job opportunities for locals during civil works, providing rental lodgings for laborers and

catering services (selling of local products), anticipated impacts would be considered short-term yet

Beneficial.

7.8.2 Impacts From Operational Phase

The project is expected to bring overall benefits to the public through provision of sustainable water

supply and proper distribution network. Villages along the tunnels will also benefit from the supplied

water through designated points for connection to local distribution networks.

The existing wastewater infrastructure in Greater Beirut will be rehabilitated and improved to absorb

the increased supply in water. About 187 km of network pipelines are to be installed and

rehabilitated across Greater Beirut. Moreover, the additional supply expected to meet the City‟s

demand for the future will limit the exploitation and distribution of brackish water that was causing

corrosion of deterioration of pipelines in regions suffering from seawater intrusion.

Other direct positive impacts can also be anticipated and these include creation of job

opportunities for operational purposes such as the treatment plant and maintenance of the

chambers and tunnel.

One of the main potential long-term negative impacts arising from the operational phase is related

to noise generation at the Ouardaniye treatment plant and the designated pumping stations

associated with the distribution network ion Greater Beirut.

The average noise level in the Ouardaniye WTW is 52dB(A), with maximum reaching up to 72dB(A)

and minimum being 43dB(A). High values are mainly due to passing traffic, mosques' call for prayer,

air traffic and the local Sibline Cement Factory which is nearby on the opposite side of the valley.

As for the pumping stations to be associated with water reservoirs, they are generally located in

highly urbanized areas whereby baseline noise levels can reach up to 70 dB(A) or more depending

on the type of on-going activities.

Being of high noise levels at baseline conditions, the above described areas are not expected to

suffer from significant impact from noise generation. The impact is rather rated as Moderate (3C) with

high Likelihood to occur.

To minimize additional noise generation at the mentioned sites, the following measures are

proposed:


Proper selection of pumps for the specific task considering the lowest sound power level;

and,




Maintenance of pumping stations as not to create unnecessary noise owing to mechanical

problems


By adopting the above proposed mitigation measures, the noise impact during operation is

predicted to become Negligible (1B).

Another potential adverse impact is that of the retrieval of 3m3/s of water between Joun Lake and

Joun HEP, which possibly affect other water uses and users in the area. This has been discussed earlier

in Section ‎7.5.2

7.9 SUMMARY OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT BEFORE AND AFTER

MITIGATION

Table ‎7-7 summarizes the impacts of the Project on its surrounding environment assuming no

mitigation measures are undertaken in an Environmental Impact Severity Matrix (EISM) whereas

Table ‎7-8 presents the EISM of the project when control and mitigation measures are adopted.




Table ‎7-7 Environmental Impact Assessment without mitigation measures


Unmitigated Impacts

Receptor

Air Q

ua

lity

Lan

dsc

ap

e a

nd

So

il Q

UA

LITY

wa

ter

RESO

UR

CES

Bio

div

ers

ity

No

ise

Arc

he

olo

gic

al

So

cio

-Ec

on

om

ic

& P

ub

lic h

ea

lth



3C

Dust Generation 4C

4C


2A

Project Footprint

2C

1A 2B

Consttruction works 4C

2C 2B

Excavation and tunneling works 4C 4C 4C 3C 2C 1A 2B

Blasting

4C

4C 4C


4C

4C

Accidental Spill of Fuel, Oil and

Chemicals

4B 4C

Land Expropriation

4C

Traffic

4C

4C

Operation Phase

C




4C 3C

4C


Chemicals

3C

Sludge Generation 1C

Water Pumps 3C

3C

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water upstream

Joun HEP

1C

1C

Trafffic 2B

2B

LEGEND


1 -

Negligible

4 – Significant A – Low Beneficial

2 - Minor 5 –

Catastrophic

B – Medium Negligible with minor

mitigation

3 -

Moderate

Beneficial C – High Minimize Impacts

Unacceptable




Table ‎7-8 Environmental Impact Assement with mitigated measures


Mitigated Impacts

Indicator

Air Q

ua

lity

Lan

dsc

ap

e a

nd

So

il Q

ua

lity

wa

ter

Re

sou

rce

s

Bio

div

ers

ity

No

ise

Arc

he

olo

gic

al

So

cio

-Ec

on

om

ic

& P

ub

lic h

ea

lth



2C

Dust Generation 2C

2C


2A

Project Footprint

1C

1A 1B

Consttruction works 2C

1B 1B

Excavation and tunneling works 2C 2C 2B 2B 1B 1A 1B

Blasting

2C 2C

2B


2A

2A


Chemicals

2A 2B

Land Expropriation

3B

Traffic

3B

3B

Operation Phase

C




2A 1C

2A


Chemicals

1C

Sludge Generation

1C

Water Pumps

1B

1B

Retrieval of 3m3/s of water upstream

Joun HEP

1C

1C

Trafffic

1C

1C

LEGEND



2 - Minor 5 – Catastrophic B – Medium Negligible with minor mitigation

3 - Moderate C – High Minimize Impacts

Unacceptable


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

This section presents the proposed Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the Awali- Beirut

Water Conveyor Project. The EMP summarizes the main impacts and control measures that were

identified in the Impact Assessment section, particularly:

Mitigation measures to be implemented during the construction and operation phases;

References to Control Guidelines and Standards;

Responsibilities for the Implementation of the Plan;

Verification, Monitoring and Training requirements; and

Record Keeping and Documentation Requirements.

The overall objectives of the EMP are 1) to ensure the Project‟s compliance with Lebanese

legislation and CDR‟s requirements; 2) to provide a basis to carry out monitoring activities and

compliance inspection programs; and 3) to support the Contractor, CDR and relevant

stakeholders in the implementation of mitigation and monitoring plans. The EMP may be revised

and modified throughout the Project lifetime.

8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)

This section comprises a priority list of the most important measures that CDR should adopt to

ensure a practical, cost-effective and appropriate approach to impact mitigation. However

most of these measures are already included in the CDR‟s HSE regulations.

All the proposed mitigation measures shall be implemented by the contractor as part of the

contract requirement and clauses, thus it should be included in the Tender documents. It is also

highly recommended that contractors be required to prepare a Construction Environmental

Management Plan (CEMP) that reflects how the contractor intends to implement the EMP during

construction. An outline of a CEMP that contractors could follow is proposed in Appendix K. The

tender documents should also be formulated in a way to secure the implementation of the EMP,

by for example requesting a specific cost for implementation. Experience has shown that

Lebanese contractors have very limited experience in implementing EMPs. Also the enabling

environment for EMP implementation, including enforcement of its implementation, is generally

weak, leading to a loose implementation of such management plans.

Proposed mitigations for construction & operation impacts are summarized in Table ‎8-1 and to

ensure that the residual adverse impacts resulting from the works will be reduced to an

acceptable level, whilst maximizing the benefits of the project. In addition, the ESMP identifies

additional measures to be implemented during the construction and operation phases of the

project




Table ‎8-1 Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (CESMP)

SITE CLEARANCE/

EXCAVATION

DRILLING/BLASTIN

G, PIPELINE

CONSTRUCTION

AND TUNNEL

BORING WORKS

(TO A LESSER

EXTENT)

SOLID AND

LIQUID WASTE

GENERATION

FROM CAMP

OPERATIONS

(SUCH AS

SANITARY

FACILITIES AND

KITCHEN) AND

PIPELINES

PRESSURE

TESTING)

ACCIDENTAL

CHEMICAL / OIL

SPILLS OR LEAKS

(FROM

EXCAVATORS

AND TUNNEL

DISTURBANCE TO

LAND/LANDSCAPE

(LAND SCARING

FROM PROJECT

FOOTPRINT)

COMPROMISED

VISUAL AMENITY

CONTAMINATION OF

SOIL QUALITY.

Limiting the land clearance area required for pipelines in the vicinity of

forested areas of Khalde; Planning and marking access routes and adopting

minimum safe operating width

Using existing tracks/ routes to reduce the size of the impacted area;

Minimizing (whenever possible) the time and space of heavy machinery use

and constructing intensive activities and using whenever possible existing

and previously disturbed land and roads to access site and avoiding off-

road driving, areas crossing wadis or that are prone to erosion;

Avoiding excessive removal of topsoil and minimizing grading and clearing

of vegetation;

Stabilization of topsoil and spoil stockpiles along the pipelines previously

removed during excavation works and using it as cover material whenever

possible during backfilling and site restoration;

A preliminary project handover and restoration plan should be developed

that identifies disposal options for all equipment and materials, including

products used and wastes generated on site;

Project handover (end of Construction) should comprise the complete

closure of the labor camps including the removal of all equipments and

vehicles and other fixtures and infrastructures and covering of trenches and

restoring of all sites to original state.

Reduce the use of blasted debris as much as possible and allow backfilling

and site restoration from topsoil and spoil excavated by conventional

methods (such as drilling) and generated by the tunnel boring works;

IMPLEMENTATION:

CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

No cost

incurred




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

BORING

MACHINE) Perform a soil sampling campaign in the Project affected areas, specifically

where blasting activities took place, in order to document the soil conditions

(physic-chemical characteristics, petroleum contamination, etc.) following

the cessation of construction works

ENVIRONMENTAL

CONSULTANT (TO BE

HIRED BY CDR)

1500

LOADING AND

UNLOADING

OPERATIONS (AT

CONSTRUCTION

SITES AND SPOIL

HANDLING

FACILITIES)

TRUCK

TRANSPORTATION

(HAULAGE)

OPERATION OF

ON-SITE DIESEL-

FUELLED

GENERATORS

INCREASE IN AMBIENT

DUST LEVELS

(FUGITIVE DUST

EMISSIONS)

INCREASE IN

COMBUSTION/EXHAU

ST EMISSIONS

(RELEASE OF

COMBUSTION GASES,

NOX, CO2,SO2, CO)

All vehicles, plant and equipment engines shall be properly maintained in

accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to maximize combustion

efficiency and minimize emissions;

Usage of vehicles/machines equipped with exhaust emission control units;

All trucks transporting material likely to generate dust should be properly

covered according to Lebanese requirements;

Maintenance and reporting of monthly fuel consumption records;

Any machinery, which is intermittent in use, should be shut off in periods of

non use or, where this is impracticable to be throttled back to a minimum;

Small combustion source emissions (with a capacity of up to 50 megawatt

hours thermal (MWth)) should adhere to the IFC emission standards for

exhaust emissions in the General EHS Guidelines and MoE Decision 8/1 of

2001, whichever stricter;

Combustion source emissions with a capacity of greater than 50 MWth

should comply with the IFC EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power;

Implement proper dust control measures. Measures will include the damping

down of dust if excavations are occurring in high winds, rig dust suppression

units and the covering piles of excavated material to prevent mobilization

(with nets or matting);

IMPLEMENTATION:

CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

NO COST

INCURRED




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Efficient scheduling of deliveries as well as establishing and enforcing

appropriate speed limits over all paved and unpaved surfaces (< 40 km/h)

via a Traffic Management Plan (TMP) approved by the Project Proponent.

DRILLING/BLASTIN

G, PIPELINE

CONSTRUCTION

VEHICULAR

MOVEMENT AND

EQUIPMENT

OPERATION

INCREASE IN AMBIENT

NOISE LEVEL Fitting all machinery and vehicles with effective exhaust silencers;

Maintaining all machinery and vehicles in good repair and in accordance

with the manufacturer‟s instructions;

Limit the working hours when near sensitive sites (schools, health care unit,

etc.);

Proper selection of equipment for the specific tasks considering the lowest

sound power level;

Maintenance of equipment as not to create unnecessary noise owing to

mechanical problems;

Operation of equipment in a manner considerate to the ambient noise

background;


Elimination of tonal, impulsive or low frequency noise through noise control

engineering techniques where feasible (e.g. dampers, fitting of mufflers,

etc.);

Provision of alternative methods if necessary (substituting hammering actions

with hydraulics);

Provision by the Contractor of adequate buffer zone with sensitive

populations in the Project Area;

Mandatory use of noise plugs during noisy activities and

Proper communication with receptors whenever highly noisy events are

planned

IMPLEMENTATION:

CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

NO COST

INCURRED




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

VEHICULAR

MOVEMENT &

TRUCK

TRIPS/HAULAGE

TRAFFIC

CONGESTION Liaising with community and government by a dedicated resource in the

field throughout the duration of the project (i.e. establishing a complaint

register to document potential public complaints.

Clearly identify the project footprint to avoid accidents during further

development of the area particularly in the designated and construction

sites.

Having a Traffic Management Plan (TMP);

Allowing only certified and trained drivers to carry out transportation related

activities;

Having an Emergency Response Procedures in place; and

Having a maintenance program to all vehicles associated with construction

activities.

IMPLEMENTATION:

CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

NO COST

INCURRED

FUEL, OIL AND

CHEMICAL

HANDLING AND

STORAGE

CONTAMINATION OF

SOIL QUALITY AND

GROUNDWATER

RESOURCES

Storage

Where appropriate, fuel, oil and chemicals stores will be sited in specific

designated areas on site on an impervious base within a suitably contained

area;

The fuel storage facilities will have a secondary containment, such as a

berm, capable of holding the capacity of the largest container plus 10% to

accommodate rainfall;

Fresh oil and waste oil will be segregated and stored separately to prevent a

potential risk of mixing;

All storage tanks will be positioned to minimize the risks of damage by

impact; All storage tanks will be of sufficient strength and structural integrity;

No storage tank will be used for the storage of fuel, oil or chemicals unless its

material and construction are compatible with the type of materials to be

stored and storage conditions (e.g. pressure and temperature);

Drip trays will be installed underneath equipment such as diesel generators,

transformers to contain leakage. The drip trays will be maintained and kept

drained of rainwater; and

IMPLEMENTATION:

CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

NO COST

INCURRED




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

All fuel and oil will be inventoried and use recorded.

Refueling

Supervision of refueling at all times by appropriate personnel: Checks to fill

hoses, valves and nozzles for signs of wear and tear prior to operation;

Checks to tank levels prior to delivery to prevent overfilling through side glass

or manually by dipstick logs;

Locating fill pipes within the containment (unless shut-off valves are fitted);

Grounding of tanks and grounding of vehicles during fuel transfers; and

Ensuring a supply of suitable absorbent materials is available at re-fuelling

points for use in dealing with minor spills. If a leak or spill occurs during

loading or offloading operations, the operations will be stopped and the spill

will be contained, cleaned up and collected based on the Spill Response

Plan.

Chemicals

Personnel handling chemicals will be trained in their handling and use and

aware of the associated hazards including the personnel protective

equipment (PPE) requirements through pre-task instruction.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals supplied will be held at

the storage area, the point of use and by the site medical staff and site

ES&SR representative; Safety signage will be in place;

All chemical deliveries (loading and unloading operations) will be supervised

at all times and will be transferred to a secure storage area without delay;

Storage of chemicals will be sited on designated areas at the site; an

inventory of all chemicals on site will be kept and use will be recorded.

Chemicals will be properly packaged, labeled and stored;

Dangerous/hazard chemicals will be stored separately;

Chemical storage drums will be in good condition and with sealed bungs. All

used drums will be washed / flushed with water and pierced before leaving

the site to prevent local use and subsequent exposure to contaminants if




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

they are not able to be returned to the original supplier.

All tanks and containers will be clearly labeled with the nature of the

contents and placarded with the MSDS. The storage of chemical products in

containers or on palettes equipped with plastic dust cover against severe

weather. Chemicals will be shaded. Chemical storage drums and

packaging are to be returned to the original supplier in an orderly fashion i.e.

palletized and shrink wrapped.

WASTE

MANAGEMENT

CONTAMINATION OF

SOIL QUALITY AND

GROUNDWATER

RESOURCES

CDR shall promote the use of a Licensed Municipal Waste Facility in

coordination with MoE.

All personnel shall be responsible for ensuring that standards of “good

housekeeping” are maintained. This will include clearance of all rubbish and

work associated debris;

Contractors to include a waste management plan as part of CEMP.

And CDR to ensure that solid waste management is included in the

contractor‟s agreement.

IMPLEMENTATION:

CDR/CONTRACTOR.

SUPERVISION: ESM

NO COST

INCURRED

Site clearance

/excavation

and spoil

stockpiling

activities

Accidental spills

Tunneling

activities

Contamination of

groundwater

Quality

Clean up spills if any with an absorbent material such as cat litter.

Develop a contingency plan to prevent potential groundwater

contamination.

Passing water resulting from tunneling and excavation through oil separator

prior to discharge in the event that it has been contaminated with oily

residues.


Use special construction techniques in areas of steep slopes, erodible soils,

and stream crossings.

Reclaim or apply protective covering (e.g., vegetative cover) on disturbed

soils as quickly as possible.

Avoid creating excessive slopes during excavation and blasting operations

since these activities accelerate water percolation into ground.

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost

incurred




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Monitor construction near aquifer recharge areas to reduce potential

contamination of the aquifer.

Disposal of excess excavation materials in approved areas to control erosion

and minimize leaching of hazardous materials.

Impose site-specific Best Management Practices, potentially including silt

fences, hay bales, vegetative covers, and diversions, to reduce impacts to

surface water from the deposition of sediments beyond the construction

areas.

Immediate implementation of the Oil spill response plan in case of

accidental events.

Site clearance

/Excavation

Vehicular

movement

Destruction of

natural habitat

(loss of forested

areas and few

native flora

species)

Develop a detailed plants Inventory at the 3 identified sensitive sites

(Ouardaniye WTW, Nahr Damour Siphon/Washout and Khalde Flow

measurement and sampling chamber) prior and post construction activities

commencement as part of CEMP;

Developing an ecosystem rehabilitation plan to regenerate and reintroduce

some of the native species of trees (especially at the most degraded areas)

present in the studied area, therefore leading to positive impacts on

biodiversity.

Implementation:

Biodiversity expert.

1200

Special effort and attention should be given to the 4 sensitive sites

Limiting vehicular transport to defined roads as to prevent unnecessary

damage to vegetation;

Preserving top soil excavated by conventional methods (such as drilling);

Avoiding introducing invasive plant species (e.g. weeds).

All affected areas must be replanted with indigenous species appropriate to

the respective sites; and

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

Biodiversity expert

No cost

incurred




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Physical

excavation

(blasting, site

clearance,

trenching)

Demolition,

alteration of or

damage to

archaeological

resources, whether

on surface or

below-ground

Prepare a brochure to help crew members recognize any discovery of

buried antiquities; and Archaeologist

500

Direct reporting to local authorities (DGA) in case of new findings during

Construction and proper documentation of historic sites.

Implementation:

Contractor.

Supervision: ESM

No cost

incurred

Land

Expropriation

Permanent and

irreversible loss of

land and some loss

of agricultural

greenhouses

(agricultural

business)

Temporary

severance /

disturbance of

public rights-of-

way and access to

community

resources and

services.

Consultation with potentially affected communities prior to expropriation

procedures.

Fair and full compensation for land and other assets expropriated for the

project in the public interest as stated in the Lebanese expropriation law

(Law No. 58/1991 and its amendments (2006))..

Compensation to local farmers who lost their agricultural lands (loss of

livelihood);

Preparation of a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) (ongoing) as per the World

Bank standards.

ESM

No cost

incurred

OPERATION ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (OESMP)

Fuel and

Chemicals

handling &

storage

Contamination of

soil quality and

groundwater

resources

Selecting appropriate locations for septic tanks installation as to avoid

leakage and contamination of groundwater.

Immediate cleaning of a spill by removing affected top soil layer by trained

employees

Implementation:

WTW operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

No cost

incurred




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Continuous in-situ sampling of soil in the vicinity and underneath the spill for

potential contaminant; and


Refueling in a designated fueling area that includes a temporary berm to

limit, if not prevent, the spread of any spill.

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

Wastewater

generation

(sanitary/proce

ss)

Contamination of

soil quality and

groundwater

resources

CDR should commission local contractor for the collection of domestic

wastewater and disposal to nearest public sewerage network ( Frequency

will be based on septic tank volume)

Implementation:

Local contractor

Supervision year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

200 (unit cost)

Adopting as much as possible dry cleaning techniques to decrease resultant

wastewater, and to avoid flushing of spills to deeper soil layers.

Develop a stormwater management plan to ensure compliance with

regulations and prevent off-site migration of contaminated stormwater.

Implementation:

WTW Operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost

incurred

Leaching from

Naameh landfill

Contamination of

groundwater

quality

Regular monitoring wells data inspection for the section of the tunnel lying

downstream the land fill

Giving additional consideration for the subject strip during maintenance of

the tunnel

During the first year

of operation: ESM

After project

handover:




PROJECT ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS


RESPONSIBILITIES

(INCL. ENFORCEMENT

& COORDINATION)

COST ESTIMATE

Checking for any fissures or fractures in the tunnel wall during maintenance Environmental

representative from

BMLWA

Sludge

handling and

disposal

Contamination of

groundwater

resources

Design considerations for sludge management include dewatering and

thickening processes prior to disposal.

Re-use of separated water at the inlet of the WTW instead of discharge of

liquid effluent to wadis. In the event of effluent discharge into the Wadi

(following sludge dewatering), the former should comply with the Lebanese

new standards for discharge into receiving water bodies (Decision No. 8/1).

Investigate the disposal of sludge cake to the Naameh landfill instead of

quarry rehabilitation. (In the latter case, potential for percolation/leaching

into groundwater).

Implementation:

WTW Operator

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost

incurred

Operation of

pumping

stations

Nuisance to noise-

sensitive receptors


Proper selection of pumps for the specific task considering the lowest sound

power level; and,

Maintenance of pumping stations as not to create unnecessary noise owing

to mechanical problems


Implementation:

WTW Contractor

Supervision: During

the first year of

operation: ESM

After project

handover:

Environmental

representative from

BMLWWA

No cost

incurred




8.3 ESMP IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

The Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) is the administrative authority in charge of this project. It will

have a Project Steering Committee headed by H.E. the Minister with representatives from key

stakeholders including the Ministry of Finance, a representative from CDR, and an Operations Advisor .

They will meet once quarterly to review progress on the project. The Project Steering Committee will be

assisted by an Operations Advisor, a Monitoring & Evaluation specialist and an administrative assistant.

The Project Management Unit (PMU) which will act as secretariat to the Project Steering Committee, will

be hosted bythe BMLWWA and will consist of a project coordinator/senior engineer, a procurement

specialist, financial management specialist and environmental and social Manager (ESM). The ESM will

be in charge of coordination, monitoring and supervision of the EMP and all land acquisition and

resettlement activities.

A major responsibility of the PMU will be strengthening and professionalization of utility management.

In order to ensure the proper implementation of the proposed ESMP during the project construction

and operation phase, it is essential to maintain proper environmental monitoring. For this purpose,

qualified personnel must be designated for every institution involved in construction and operation of

this project, as detailed below.

1.3.1 Roles and responsibilities

Roles and responsibilities of the different institutions involved in the construction and operation of the

project with respect to the implementation of the EMP are summarized in Table ‎8-2.

Table ‎8-2 EMP Implementation Plan

INSTITUTION/BODY ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

STEERING COMMITTEE OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE ESMP

ESM IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT CONTRACTORS AND

CONSULTANTS INVOLVED IN THE PROJECT FOLLOW AND IMPLEMENT

THE ESMP; ESM SHALL REVIEW AND APPROVE CEMP PREPARED BY

CONTRACTORS

ESM SHALL COORDINATE WITH MOE TO ENSURE APPROPRIATE

REPORTING OF ESMP IMPLEMENTATION

ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS ENSURE EIA FINDINGS AND ESMP CONSIDERATIONS ARE PROPERLY

TAKEN IN THE DETAILED ENGINEERING DESIGN AND PROPERLY

INTEGRATED IN THE TENDER DOCUMENTS

TENDER DOCUMENTS TO CONTRACTORS SHOULD INCLUDE CLAUSES

AND MEANS TO ENSURE CONTRACTORS ARE HELD ACCOUNTABLE




INSTITUTION/BODY ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

CONTRACTORS PREPARE A CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

(CEMP) THAT DETAILS HOW THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT THE

PROVISIONS OF THE EMP

PROVIDE A FIELD HSE OFFICER TO ENSURE IMPLEMENTATION OF

CEMP AS WELL AS CDR‟S HSE GUIDELINES

LIAISE WITH ESM AND REGULARLY REPORT ON IMPLEMENTATION OF

EMP

IMMEDIATELY REPORT TO ESM AND SUPERVISION CONSULTANT IN

CASE OF ACCIDENTS, SPILLS OR OTHER EVENTS WHICH HAVE

HEALTH, SAFETY OR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPLICATIONS

IN CASE OF INCIDENTS, CONTRACTORS SHOULD FILL AN INCIDENT

RECORDS FORM, INCLUDING HOW THE INCIDENT IS PLANNED TO BE

ADDRESSED

SUPERVISION CONSULTANTS SUPERVISE THE CONTRACTORS IMPLEMENTATION OF CEMP AND HSE

REGULATIONS

PREPARE A CHECKLIST TO BE APPROVED BY ESM AND USED TO

SUPERVISE CONTRACTOR‟S WORKS

COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH ESM ON ALL SITE HSE ISSUES

REVIEW AND APPROVE CONTRACTOR‟S EMP REPORTS PRIOR TO

SUBMITTAL TO ESM

8.4 CAPACITY BUILDING

1.4.1 Training Needs during Construction Phase

In order to ensure a proper and effective implementation of the CEMP, It is particularly important to

undertake a training program for every contractor regarding preparation of CEMP & its

implementation. Training sessions for every contractor will be conducted prior to the commencement

of the construction works and it shall focus on the following topics:

- Implementation of CDR‟s HSE guidelines;

- Air Quality Management;

- Water Quality Management;

- Water Consumption;

- Solid Waste Management;

- Hazardous waste management; and

- Emergency plan

The training sessions will also include representatives from the MoEW , BMLWWE and the PMU. The cost

of these training sessions is 30,000 USD.




1.4.2 Training Needs during Operation Phase

Six months prior to the end of the 2 years operation period, a training session concerning water quality

monitoring shall be conducted by a qualified training expert for BMLWWE in order to ensure the proper

monitoring of the WTW water quality. The training session shall concentrate on the following:

- Sampling protocols;

- Quality Assurance (QA)/ Quality Control (QC); and

- Reporting & Interpretation.

The estimated cost for this training is 8,000 USD.

8.5 VERIFICATION & MONITORING

1.5.1 Monitoring and Inspection Plan during the Construction Phase

As part of the Construction Environmental Monitoring Plan, a series of environmental variables are

proposed to be monitored at varying frequencies depending on the parameter. Monitoring and site

inspections are required particularly where the environmental and social Impact is thought to be most

important, in particular:

Near sensitive sites;

At working sites and base camps;

Vehicle routes;

At all possible locations of potential leakage risk; and

At all point sources of waste generation.

The parameters to be monitored during construction will include:

1. Traffic flow

2. Ambient air quality

3. Damour Surface and groundwater quality

4. Biodiversity

Additional source of information is through ongoing visual inspection. The site HSE officer should

continuously check for unsafe acts and activities that transgress the requirements specified in the EMP.

At the same time some potential impacts are difficult to monitor quantitatively, such as soil erosion and

waste management. The ongoing inspections by the site HSE officer provide valuable qualitative

information on effects such as these so that action can be taken to mitigate against further potential

effects.

Visual site inspection shall include:

1. Landscape

2. Archaeology

3. Waste Management




4. Health, safety and Hygiene

Table ‎8-3 summarizes the proposed detailed monitoring and inspection plan during the construction

and operation phases.

The detailed plan for water quality monitoring during operation phase is presented in Table ‎8-4.




Table ‎8-3 Construction and Operation Monitoring Plan

ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENT

PARAMETERS FREQUENCY LOCATION RESPONSIBILITY UNIT COST

(USD)

TOTAL

COST(USD)

DURING CONSTRUCTION

Traffic Flow Continuous vehicles

counting for 24 hours.

Biannually Excavation, blasting and

construction sites

Sites where traffic

deviation are expected

Transportation consultant (to

be hired by CDR)

Can be added to scope of

supervision engineer

4,000 per

report

32,000

Ambient Air

Quality

PM10, SO2, NOx for 24 hours Biannually 4 locations Environmental Consultant (to

be hired by CDR)


supervision enigneer

4,000 32,000

Noise Levels Leq, Lmax, Lmin (dBA) Monthly Noise sensitive locations Site HSE officer N.A. N.A.

Solid waste Waste type

Waste generated

Waste reused

Waste transported for

offsite reuse/recycle

Waste disposed

Method of disposal

Weekly Excavation, blasting and

construction sites

Site HSE officer N.A. N.A

Damour Surface

and ground

Water Quality

TPH and heavy metals Before work

commencement: 3

surface water samples

& 3 groundwater

samples

Post work cessation: 3

Damour river Environmental Consultant (to

be hired by CDR)


supervision enigneer

800/ sample 9,600




ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENT


(USD)

TOTAL

COST(USD)

surface water samples

& 3 groundwater

samples.

Archaeology At affected sites sporadic Excavation, blasting sites Archaeology expert to be

hired by CDR



5,000 per year 20,000

Biodiversity Plant inventory 2 (before and after

construction activities)

4 sensitive sites

(ouardaniye WTW, NAhr

Damour Siphon/ washout

and khalde flow

measurement and tunnel

chamber)

Biodiversity expert



10,000 20,000

Health safety

environment and

Hygiene

Continuous Excavation, blasting and

construction sites

Site HSE officer N.A. N.A

Capacity Building

and Trainings

Once prior to the

commencement of

construction works.

1 training session for

each contractor

BMLWE Training Specialist

(to be hired by CDR)

10,000 30,000

SUBTOTAL 1 143,600 USD

DURING OPERATION




ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENT


(USD)

TOTAL

COST(USD)

Treated Water

Quality

Physico-chemical,

bacteriological parameters,

trace metal indicator and

TPH

Monthly WTW Outlet;

Khaldeh sampling point

Reservoirs (3)

Operator (PMU then BMLWWE) 800/sample 4,000/month

48,000/ year

Sludge Cake

Characteristics

Dry weight and Heavy

metals

During 1st year ( 4

samples for the four

seasons)

WTW Operator (PMU then BMLWWE) 750 3000/year

Noise levels Leq, Lmax, Lmin Biannually Ourdaniye site Operator PMU then BMLWWE) N.A. N.A.

Capacity Building

& Trainings

once BMLWWE Training specialist

(to be hired by CDR)

10,000 10,000

SUBTOTAL 2 61,000 USD/

year




Table ‎8-4 Water Quality Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase

LOCATION OF

MONITORING POINTS

PARAMETERS TO BE

MONITORED FREQUENCY STANDARD

WTW Outlet

pH

Monthly

6.5 – 8.5

Salinity

Alkalinity

Conductivity 400µS/cm

Nitrates 25 - 50 mg/l

Ammonium 0.05 – 0.5 mg/l

Calcium 100 mg/l

Magnesium 30 – 50 mg/l

Sodium 20 – 150 mg/l

Potassium 10 -12 mg/l

Sulfates 250 mg/l

Phosphates

Nitrites 0 mg/l

Iron 50 – 200 mg/l

Chlorides 25 – 200 mg/l

Residual Chlorine

Total coliforms 0/100 ml

Fecal coliforms 0/100 ml

Fecal Streptococcus 0/100 ml

Water Reservoirs 3

(Hadath/Hazmieh)

Ammonium

Daily

0.05 – 0.5 mg/l

Phosphates

Nitrites 0 mg/l

Chlorides 25 – 200 mg/l

Residual Chlorine

Total coliforms 0/100 ml



Distribution Network

Total coliforms

Daily

0/100 ml



Residual Chlorine 0/100 ml




8.5.1 Reporting

It is highly recommended to establish a database to log in field monitoring results. It will provide a

scientific basis for establishing or modifying environmental measures in the future for the water sector.

The database will record monitoring results during construction and operation phases. It will be

developed by the PMU with the assistance of the implementing consultants. Monthly environmental

monitoring reports shall be prepared by the PMU to analysis the collected data, assess the monitoring

activities, and provide recommendations to ensure the effectiveness of the overall Construction

Environmental Monitoring Plan. It is proposed that the PMU prepares quarterly environmental monitoring

reports during the first two years of operation (open for renewal depending on the monitoring results).

It is proposed that a monthly environmental inspection report be developed by the site HSE officer and

presented to the ESM/ PMU. The PMU will review the consolidated monthly report and decide on an

appropriate corrective action where this is deemed necessary.

Additionally bi-annual comprehensive reports shall be generated by the PMU to present the results of

the ESMP implementation activities and assess the adequacy of the proposed mitigation measures.

These reports shall be submitted to the MoEW, MoE, CDR and the World Bank. During operation the bi

annual reports should include a full synthesis and analysis of the water quality monitoring data within

the WTW to assess the effectiveness of the various treatment units/ technologies adopted within the

plant and propose potential enhancements to it and lessons learnt for future similar plants.


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT REFERENCES


9. REFERENCES

Montgomery Watson. Awali-Beirut Conveyor Project Feasibility Study Update, April 2010

Montgomery Watson and Engico Consulting Engineers. Awali-Beirut Water Conveyor Project (on BOT

basis), April 1998

Montgomery Watson and Engico Consulting Engineers. Awali-Beirut Water Supply Preliminary Design

Report, April 1994

Harajli M., 1994. Seismic Hazard Assessment of Lebanon: Zonation Maps, and Structural Seismic Design

Regulations. Submitted to the Directorate of Urbanism Ministry of Public Work, Beirut, Lebanon.

Nemer T., 1999. The Roum Fault: Extent and Associated Structures. M.S. Thesis American University of

Beirut, Beirut, Lebanon

Dubertret, 1955. Geologic Map of Lebanon 1/200,000

IFC (International Finance Cooperation of the World Bank Group), 2007a. Environmental Development.

April 30, 2007.

IFC (International Finance Cooperation of the World Bank Group), 2007b. General Guidelines for

Environmental Health and Safety. April 30, 2007.

BS (British Standard) 5228:1997. Part 1, Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites


ESIA FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT APPENDICES


10. APPENDICES




APPENDIX A: TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS (1/20,000)




APPENDIX B: LOCATION DRAWINGS




APPENDIX C: SATELLITE IMAGES AND PHOTOGRAPHS




APPENDIX D: SLUDGE




APPENDIX E: NOISE RAW DATA




APPENDIX F: ARCHAEOLOGICAL REPORT




APPENDIX G: SOCIAL SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRES




APPENDIX H: FLYER




APPENDIX I: CONSULTATIONS




APPENDIX J: EXPROPRIATION




APPENDIX K: CEMP TEMPLATE




APPENDIX L: CDR HSE GUIDELINES




APPENDIX M: MAP OF COMPONENT 2




APPENDIX N: EHS GUIDELINE WATER SANITATION




APPENDIX O: WATER SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS

(ESIA) FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT · environmental and social impact assessment (esia)...

Documents

Transcript of (ESIA) FOR AWALI-BEIRUT WATER CONVEYER PROJECT · environmental and social impact assessment (esia)...